Best Spiritual Website

Collection of Commonly Recited Shlokas in Oriya with Meanings

Collection of Commonly Recited Shlokas and Meanings:

॥ ସାର୍ଥଶ୍ଲୋକସଙ୍ଗ୍ରହ ॥


Meaning 0
The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and u and the
consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman.

%E0 Word Meanings 0;

ଓଂ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
Shloka 1 Gayatri

ଓଂ ଭୂର୍ଭୁଵଃ ସ୍ଵଃ ତତ୍ସଵିତୁର୍ଵରେଣ୍ୟମ୍
ଭର୍ଗୋ ଦେଵସ୍ୟ ଧୀମହି ଧିୟୋ ୟୋ ନଃ ପ୍ରଚୋଦୟାତ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 1
OM. I adore the Divine Self who illuminates the three worlds —
physical, astral and causal; I offer my prayers to that God who
shines like the Sun. May He enlighten our intellect.

This mantra is considered to be the greatest of all Mantras.
Those who repat this mantra with devotion develop a brilliant
intellect. This Mantra grants health of body and mind, and also
success, peace, prosperity and spiritual enlightment..

%E1 Word Meanings 1;

ଓଂ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ଭୂର୍ଭୁଵଃ = the Earth and the world immediately above the earth;
ସ୍ଵଃ = one’s own;
ତତ୍ସଵିତୁର୍ଵରେଣ୍ୟଂ = that all creating great person in the form of sun;
ଭର୍ଗୋ = radiance; lustre; brilliance;
ଦେଵସ୍ୟ = god’s;
ଧୀମହି = May meditate;
ଧିୟୋ = intellect and mind ;’dhIH’:sing.;
ୟୋ = He who;
ନଃ = us; to us or ours;
ପ୍ରଚୋଦୟାତ୍ = inspire; kindle; urge; induce;;
Shloka 2 OMkar

ଓଙ୍କାରଂ ବିନ୍ଦୁସଂୟୁକ୍ତଂ ନିତ୍ୟଂ ଧ୍ୟାୟନ୍ତି ୟୋଗିନଃ ।
କାମଦଂ ମୋକ୍ଷଦଂ ଚୈଵ ଓଙ୍କାରାୟ ନମୋ ନମଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 2.

%E2 Word Meanings 2;

ଓଙ୍କାରଂ = ?? ;
ବିନ୍ଦୁସଂୟୁକ୍ତଂ = one who is conjoind with a dot-like thing;
ନିତ୍ୟଂ = ever; permanent;
ଧ୍ୟାୟନ୍ତି = they meditate;
ୟୋଗିନଃ = realised souls;
କାମଦଂ = one who gives the desired thing;
ମୋକ୍ଷଦଂ = the giver of liberation;
ଚୈଵ = and like;
ଓଙ୍କାରାୟ = to the Brahman;
ନମୋ = bowing; salute;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 3 Ganesha

ଓଂ ଗଣାନାଂ ତ୍ଵା ଗଣପତିଂ ହଵାମହେ
କଵିଂ କଵୀନାମୁପମଶ୍ରଵସ୍ତମମ୍ ।
ଜ୍ୟେଷ୍ଠରାଜଂ ବ୍ରହ୍ମଣାଂ ବ୍ରହ୍ମଣସ୍ପତ
ଆ ନଃ ଶୃଣ୍ଵନ୍ନୂତିଭିଃ ସୀଦସାଦନମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 3
We call on Thee, Lord of the hosts, the poet of poets, the most famous of
all; the Supreme king of spiritual knowledge, 0 Lord of spiritual wisdom.
Listen to us with thy graces and reside in the place (of

%E3 Word Meanings 3;

ଓଂ = ?? ;
ଗଣାନାଂ = ?? ;
ତ୍ଵା = ?? ;
ଗଣପତିଂ = ?? ;
ହଵାମହେ= ?? ;
କଵିଂ = ?? ;
କଵୀନାମ୍= ?? ;
ଉପମଶ୍ରଵସ୍ତମମ୍ = ?? ;
ଜ୍ୟେଷ୍ଠରାଜଂ = ?? ;
ବ୍ରହ୍ମଣାଂ = ?? ;
ବ୍ରହ୍ମଣସ୍ପତ= ?? ;
ଆ = ?? ;
ନଃ = ?? ;
ଶୃଣ୍ଵନ୍ନୂତିଭିଃ = ?? ;
ସୀଦସାଦନମ୍ = ?? ;
Shloka 4 Ganesha

ଵକ୍ରତୁଁଡ ମହାକାୟ କୋଟିସୂର୍ୟସମପ୍ରଭ ।
ନିର୍ଵିଘ୍ନଂ କୁରୁ ମେ ଦେଵ ସର୍ଵକାର୍ୟେଷୁ ସର୍ଵଦା ॥ ॥

Meaning 4
O Lord Ganesha, of huge body with elephant head, shining like
billions of suns, O God, remove all obstacles from my endeavors,

Oh! Lord (Ganesha), of huge body and curved elephant trunk,
whose brilliance is equal to billions of suns, always remove all
obstacles from my endeavors..

%E4 Word Meanings 4;

ଵକ୍ରତୁଁଡ = Oh! the one with the curved piece of tusk;
ମହାକାୟ = big bodied;
କୋଟିସୂର୍ୟସମପ୍ରଭ = shining like a billions of Suns;
କୋଟି = crores, ten millions;
ସୂର୍ୟ = Sun;
ସମପ୍ରଭ = shining like;
ନିର୍ଵିଘ୍ନଂ = without obstacles or hurdles;
କୁରୁ = do;
ମେ = to me or my;
ଦେଵ = Oh! god Oh! God!;
ସର୍ଵକାର୍ୟେଷୁ = in all actions or activities;
ସର୍ଵଦା = ever; always;
Shloka 5 Ganesha

ଗଜାନନଂ ଭୂତଗଣାଦିସେଵିତଂ
କପିତ୍ଥଜଂବୂଫଲସାରଭକ୍ଷିତମ୍ ।
ଉମାସୁତଂ ଶୋକଵିନାଶକାରଣଂ
ନମାମି ଵିଘ୍ନେଶ୍ଵରପାଦପଙ୍କଜମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 5
Salutations to Lord Ganesha who has an elephant head, who is attended
by the band of his followers, who eats his favorite wood-apple and
rose-apple fruits, who is the son of Goddess Uma, who is the cause of
destruction of all sorrow. And I salute to his feet which are like

%E5 Word Meanings 5;

ଗଜାନନଂ = one who is having an elephant face;
ଭୂତଗଣାଦି = by the group of ogres and the like who are the
attendants of Lord shiva;
ସେଵିତଂ = the one who has been served worshipped;
କପିତ୍ଥଜଂବୂ = wood-apple and `jAmun’, rose apple, trees or fruits;
ଫଲସାର = the essence of the fruit;
ଭକ୍ଷିତଂ = that which has been eaten;
ଉମାସୁତଂ = the son of Uma;
ଶୋକଵିନାଶ = for the destruction of sorrow;
କାରଣଂ = the cause;
ନମାମି = I bow; salute; pay my respects;
ଵିଘ୍ନେଶ୍ଵର = the Master or controller of all obstacles;
ପାଦପଙ୍କଜଂ = the lotus feet;
Shloka 6 Ganesha

ସୁମୁଖଶ୍ଚୈକଦଂତଶ୍ଚ କପିଲୋ ଗଜକର୍ଣକଃ ।
ଲମ୍ବୋଦରଶ୍ଚ ଵିକଟୋ ଵିଘ୍ନନାଶୋ ଗଣାଧିପଃ ।
ଧୂମ୍ରକେତୁର୍ଗଣାଧ୍ୟକ୍ଷୋ ଭାଲଚନ୍ଦ୍ରୋ ଗଜାନନଃ ।
ଦ୍ଵାଦଶୈତାନି ନାମାନି ୟଃ ପଠେଚ୍ଛୃଣୁୟାଦପି ।
ଵିଦ୍ୟାରଂଭେ ଵିଵାହେ ଚ ପ୍ରଵେଶେ ନିର୍ଗମେ ତଥା ।
ସଙ୍ଗ୍ରାମେ ସଙ୍କଟେ ଚୈଵ ଵିଘ୍ନସ୍ତସ୍ୟ ନ ଜାୟତେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 6
sumukha, ekada.nta, kapila, gajakarNaka, lambodara, vikaTa,
vighnanAsha, ganAdhipa, dhUmraketu, gaNAdhyakSha,
bhAlachandra, gajAnana –
No obstacles will come in the way of one who reads or
listens to these 12 names of Lord Ganesha at the beginning
of education, at the time of marriage, while entering or exiting
anything, during a battle or calamity..

%E6 Word Meanings 6;

ସୁମୁଖଃ = the one with a nice face;
ଚ = and;
ଏକଦଂତଃ = one who has one tooth or tusk;
ଚ = and;
କପିଲୋ = a sage by that name;
ଗଜକର୍ଣକଃ = one who is having elephant-ears denotes ‘Ganesh’
one of 12 such famous names;
ଲମ୍ବୋଦରଃ = with one big(long) belly that is Ganesh;
ଚ = and;
ଵିକଟୋ = one of the 12 names of Ganesha;
ଵିଘ୍ନନାଶୋ = the remover of all obstacles;
ଗଣାଧିପଃ = the chief or leader of the groups;
ଧୂମ୍ରକେତୁର୍ଗଣାଧ୍ୟକ୍ଷୋ = these are 2 of the 12 famous names of Ganesh;
ଭାଲଚନ୍ଦ୍ରୋ = the one wearing the moon in the forehead;
ଗଜାନନଃ = one who is having an elephant face denotes lord Ganesh;
ଦ୍ଵାଦଶୈତାନି = twelve of these;
ନାମାନି = names;
ୟଃ = He who;
ପଠେଚ୍ଛୃଣୁୟାଦପି = If one reads or even listens to;
ଵିଦ୍ୟାରଂଭେ = at the commencement of learning or schooling;
ଵିଵାହେ = during marriage;
ଚ = and;
ପ୍ରଵେଶେ = while entering;
ନିର୍ଗମେ = in the act of emanating or going out;
ତଥା = like that (cf. yathA tathA);
ସଙ୍ଗ୍ରାମେ = in the battlefield;
ସଙ୍କଟେ = in the midst of difficulty or trouble;
ଚୈଵ = and like;
ଵିଘ୍ନସ୍ତସ୍ୟ = obstacles to him;
ନ = NoNot; no;
ଜାୟତେ = is born; becomes;;
Shloka 7 Ganesha

ଶୁକ୍ଲାମ୍ବରଧରଂ ଦେଵଂ ଶଶିଵର୍ଣଂ ଚତୁର୍ଭୁଜମ୍ ।
ପ୍ରସନ୍ନଵଦନଂ ଧ୍ୟାୟେତ୍ ସର୍ଵଵିଘ୍ନୋପଶାନ୍ତୟେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 7
In order to remove all obstacles, one should meditate on (the God
Ganesha) as wearing a white garment, as having the complexion like the
moon, and having four arms and a pleasant countenance..

%E7 Word Meanings 7;

ଶୁକ୍ଲାମ୍ବରଧରଂ = the one wearing a white dress;
ଦେଵଂ = God;
ଶଶିଵର୍ଣଂ = the moon-colored one;
ଚତୁର୍ଭୁଜଂ = one who is having four hands;
ପ୍ରସନ୍ନଵଦନଂ = the one having a pleased or pleasant face;
ଧ୍ୟାୟେତ୍ = Let us meditate;
ସର୍ଵଵିଘ୍ନୋପଶାନ୍ତୟେ = for the appeasement of all obstacles or hurdles;
Shloka 8 Ganesha

ଅଭୀପ୍ସିତାର୍ଥସିଦ୍ଧ୍ୟର୍ଥଂ ପୂଜିତୋ ୟଃ ସୁରାସୁରୈଃ ।
ସର୍ଵଵିଘ୍ନହରସ୍ତସ୍ମୈ ଗଣାଧିପତୟେ ନମଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 8
Salutations to Lord Ganesha who is worshipped by the gods and the demons
fot fulfilling their desires, for removing all obstacles..

%E8 Word Meanings 8;

ଅଭିପ୍ସିତାର୍ଥସିଦ୍ଧ୍ୟର୍ଥଂ = ?? ;
ପୂଜିତୋ = one worshipped by others;
ୟଃ = He who;
ସୁରାସୁରୈଃ = bythe gods and demons;
ସର୍ଵଵିଘ୍ନହରସ୍ତସ୍ମୈ = ?? ;
ଗଣାଧିପତୟେ = to the lord of groups of shiva’s attendants;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 9 Ganesha

ପ୍ରଣମ୍ୟ ଶିରସା ଦେଵଂ ଗୌରୀପୁତ୍ରଂ ଵିନାୟକମ୍ ।
ଭକ୍ତାଵାସଂ ସ୍ମରେନ୍ନିତ୍ୟଂ ଆୟୁଃକାମାର୍ଥସିଦ୍ଧୟେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 9
After bowing to the Lord Vinayaka, the son of Goddess Garui,
the God who dwells in the hearts of his devotees, one should constantly
remember Him in order to achieve long life, wealth and fulfillment of

%E9 Word Meanings 9;

ପ୍ରଣମ୍ୟ = having bowed;
ଶିରସା = by the head;
ଦେଵଂ = God;
ଗୌରୀପୁତ୍ରଂ = gauri’s son;
ଵିନାୟକଂ = Vinayaka;
ଭକ୍ତାଵାସଂ = one who dwells in his devotees or their hearts;
ସ୍ମରେନିତ୍ୟଂ = constant remembrance;
ଆୟୁଃକାମାର୍ଥସିଦ୍ଧୟେ = for achieving or obtaining long life, desires
and wealth;
Shloka 10 Ganesha

ଅଗଜାନନପଦ୍ମାର୍କଂ ଗଜାନନମହର୍ନିଶମ୍ ।
ଅନେକଦନ୍ତଂ ଭକ୍ତାନାଂ ଏକଦନ୍ତମୁପାସ୍ମହେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 10
We worship by day and by night the elephant-faced and single-tusked Lord
Ganesha, whose presence makes Mother Parvathi’s face bloom with immense
joy,like the sun who makes the lotus bloom, and he who is a benevolent
bestower of innumerable boons to his devotees.

The verse is based on pun and a play on words: Agajaanana-Gajaanana,
Anekadam tam-Ekadantam, are simlar sounding words with different meanings.


%E10 Word Meanings 10;

ଅଗଜା = Parvati ଅଗ = mountain, i.e. Himalaya, ଜା = daughter)
ଆନନ ପଦ୍ମ = face that is like a lotus (ଆନନ =face, ପଦ୍ମ =lotus)
ଅର୍କଂ = the Sun
ଅଗଜାନନପଦ୍ମାର୍କଂ = the one who, like the Sun, makes the lotus face
of (his mother) Parvati bloom (with joy)
ଗଜାନନମ୍ = the elephant-faced God (ଗଜାନନ in the accusative case)
ଅହର୍ନିଶଂ = day and night
ଅନେକ =several.
ଦମ୍ =giver( in the accusative case)
ଅନେକଦମ୍ = bestower of innumerable boons
ତମ୍ = him
ଭକ୍ତାନାଂ = to the devotees
ଏକଦନ୍ତମୁପାସ୍ମହେ = I worship the one tusked;
Shloka 11 Ganesha

ଗଜଵକ୍ତ୍ରଂ ସୁରଶ୍ରେଷ୍ଠଂ କର୍ଣଚାମରଭୂଷିତମ୍ ।
ପାଶାଙ୍କୁଶଧରଂ ଦେଵଂ ଵନ୍ଦେଽହଂ ଗଣନାୟକମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 11
I bow before that God who is the leader of Shiva’s ghosts, whose face
resembles that of an elephant, who is supreme among the deities,
who sports ears that look like fans and who is armed with noose and

%E11 Word Meanings 11;

ଗଜଵକ୍ତ୍ରଂ = one who is having an elephant mouth refers to Ganesh;
ସୁରଶ୍ରେଷ୍ଠଂ = the most high or the best of the gods;
କର୍ଣଚାମରଭୂଷିତଂ = adorned with winnow-like ears;
ପାଶାଙ୍କୁଶଧରଂ = bearing or wearing the weapons of;
ଦେଵଂ = God;
ଵନ୍ଦେଽହଂ = I worship;
ଗଣନାୟକଂ = the leader of the gaNa’s groups; generally denotes
the lord `Ganesh’;
Shloka 12 Ganesha

ଏକଦଂତଂ ମହାକାୟଂ ତପ୍ତକାଞ୍ଚନସନ୍ନିଭମ୍ ।
ଲଂବୋଦରଂ ଵିଶାଲାକ୍ଷଂ ଵନ୍ଦେଽହଂ ଗଣନାୟକମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 12
I bow down to one tusked, huge-bodied, big-bellied, large-eyed Lord
Ganesha whose complexion is like that of molten gold..

%E12 Word Meanings 12;

ଏକଦଂତଂ = one who has one tooth tusk;
ମହାକାୟଂ = the big-bodied one;
ତପ୍ତକାଞ୍ଚନସନ୍ନିଭଂ = resembling heated or melted gold;
ଲଂବୋଦରଂ = ?? ;
ଵିଶାଲାକ୍ଷଂ = the one with long eyes;
ଵନ୍ଦେଽହଂ = I worship;
ଗଣନାୟକଂ = the leader of the gaNa’s groups; generally denotes
the lord `Ganesh’;
Shloka 13 Ganesha

ଗଜଵଦନମଚିନ୍ତ୍ୟଂ ତୀକ୍ଷ୍ଣଦଂଷ୍ଟ୍ରଂ ତ୍ରିନେତ୍ରଂ
ବୃହଦୁଦରମଶେଷଂ ଭୂତିରାଜଂ ପୁରାଣମ୍ ।
ଅମରଵର-ସୁପୂଜ୍ୟଂ ରକ୍ତଵର୍ଣଂ ସୁରେଶଂ
ପଶୁପତିସୁତମୀଶଂ ଵିଘ୍ନରାଜଂ ନମାମି ॥ ॥

Meaning 13
Elephant faced, beyond thought, sharp teethed, three eyed,
large bellied, the perfect one, the king of the riches, the ancient
one, the one to be respected by all the gods, with red complexion, the
lord of the gods, son of Shiva (the lord of life), ruler over obstacles;
I bow to you..

%E13 Word Meanings 13;

ଗଜଵଦନମଚିନ୍ତ୍ୟଂ = the elephant faced one who is beyond
comprehension or thought;
ତୀକ୍ଷ୍ଣଦଂଷ୍ଟ୍ରଂ = the one with sharp or terrible teeth;
ତ୍ରିନେତ୍ରଂ = the three-eyed one;
ବୃହତ୍ = Big; large;
ବୃହଦୁଦର = one with huge stomach;
ଅଶେଷ = whole, entire, complete, perfect,;
ଭୂତିରାଜଂ = the king of well-being or the royal donor of all goodness;
ପୁରାଣଂ = the ancient; old; also refers to the ancient works in
story-form known as purANa;
ଅମରଵର = ?? ;
ସୁପୂଜ୍ୟଂ = ?? ;
ରକ୍ତଵର୍ଣଂ = the red colored;
ସୁରେଶଂ = the master of the gods;
ପଶୁପତିସୁତମୀଶଂ = Lord Ganesha, the son of Pashupati or Shiva;
ଵିଘ୍ନରାଜଂ = the lord who governs obstacles or hurdles;
ନମାମି = I bow; salute; pay my respects;
Shloka 14 Ganesha

କାର୍ୟଂ ମେ ସିଦ୍ଧିମାୟାତୁ ପ୍ରସନ୍ନେ ତ୍ଵୟି ଧାତରି ।
ଵିଘ୍ନାନି ନାଶମାୟାନ୍ତୁ ସର୍ଵାଣି ସୁରନାୟକ ॥ ॥

Meaning 14
Oh! Creator, Oh leader of the gods; May success come to my efforts
by your grace (lit. while you are pleased); (and) May all the obstacles
meet their end! .

%E14 Word Meanings 14;

କାର୍ୟଂ = that which is done or to be done;
ମେ = to me or my;
ସିଦ୍ଧିମାୟାତୁ = May reach fulfillment;
ପ୍ରସନ୍ନେ ତ୍ଵୟି ଧାତରି = while you (the maker or supporter)
are pleased.;
This is the so-called sati-saptamI, a typical phrase where the;
saptamI vibhaktI has the unusual meaning;
ଧାତୃ = in the maker ; author; creator;
ଵିଘ୍ନାନି = the obstacles; hurdles;
ନାଶମାୟାନ୍ତୁ = May (they) come to end;
ସର୍ଵାଣି = all;
ସୁରନାୟକ = the leader or head of the gods;
Shloka 15 Ganesha

ମୂଷିକଵାହନ୍ ମୋଦକହସ୍ତ ଚାମରକର୍ଣ ଵିଲମ୍ବିତ ସୂତ୍ର ।
ଵାମନରୂପ ମହେଶ୍ଵରପୁତ୍ର ଵିଘ୍ନଵିନାୟକ ପାଦ ନମସ୍ତେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 15
Oh God who has the mouse as his vehicle, and the sweet modhaka
(rice ball) in your hand, whose ears are wide like fans, wearing
the sacred thread. Oh son of Lord Shiva who is of short stature and
who removes all obstacles, Lord Vinayaka, I bow at your feet,.

%E15 Word Meanings 15;

ମୂଷକଵାହନ = Oh! the one having the mouse as the vehicle!;
ମୋଦକହସ୍ତ = Oh! the one having rice ball in the hand;
ଚାମରକର୍ଣ = one who has winnow-fan-like ears;
ଵିଲମ୍ବିତ = hanging; pendant; depending; delayed;
ସୂତ୍ର = of the stringstring; formula; aphorism etc.;
ଵାମନରୂପ = one who has taken the form or `avatar’ of Vamana; Vishnu;
ମହେଶ୍ଵରପୁତ୍ର = Oh! son of the great Lord Shiva;
ଵିଘ୍ନଵିନାୟକ = the one without a leader who controls all obstacles;
ପାଦ = at (M.nom.) a leg, the body part or the part of the verse
or text;
ନମସ୍ତେ = greetings, salutations to you;
Shloka 16 Ganesh

ଏକଦଂତାୟ ଵିଦ୍ମହେ । ଵକ୍ରତୁଁଡାୟ ଧୀମହି ।
ତନ୍ନୋ ଦଂତୀ ପ୍ରଚୋଦୟାତ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 16
(This is a typical Vedic dialog where puzzles are posed and solved.
they are always recited by alternate groups as below.)
Poser:We know of one with just one tooth!
Responder: Yes, we think of the one with a bent mouth.
Together: May he, the one known as da.ntI (One with the tooth) awaken
us (to the ultimate truth).

%E16 Word Meanings 16;

ଏକଦଂତାୟ = to the one-tusked i.e. Ganesh;
ଵିଦ୍ମହେ = offering;
ଵକ୍ରତୁଁଡାୟ = to the one with curved broken part (tusk);
ଧୀମହି = May meditate;
ତନ୍ନୋ = ?? ;
ଦଂତୀ = the tusked one i.e. the elephant;
ପ୍ରଚୋଦୟାତ୍ = inspire; kindle; urge; induce;;
Shloka 17 Guru

ଗୁରୁର୍ବ୍ରହ୍ମା ଗୁରୁର୍ଵିଷ୍ଣୂଃ ଗୁରୁର୍ଦେଵୋ ମହେଶ୍ଵରଃ ।
ଗୁରୁଃ ସାକ୍ଷାତ୍ ପରବ୍ରହ୍ମ ତସ୍ମୈ ଶ୍ରୀଗୁରଵେ ନମଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 17
Guru is indeed the Creator in the form Lord Brahma,
he is indeed the Sustainer as Lord Vishnu, and Destroyer as Lord Shiva,
in fact he is the limitless Brahman, I salute to such a Guru!

Salutations to the Guru who is himself Brahma, the creator,
VishNu, the protector and Shiva, the destroyer. Who is none
other than the limitless great Brahman. To Him are all my

%E17 Word Meanings 17;

ଗୁରୁଃ = teacher (refers to spiritual teacher), the preceptor;
ବ୍ରହ୍ମା = creator;
ଵିଷ୍ଣୂ = Lord Vishnu, the sustainer;
ଦେଵ = god;
ମହେଶ୍ଵରଃ = the great Lord (Shiva);
ଗୁରୁଃ = teacher (refers to spiritual teacher), the preceptor;
ସାକ୍ଷାତ୍ = face to face;
ପରବ୍ରହ୍ମ = the great Brahman;
ତସ୍ମୈ = to him;
ଶ୍ରୀ = relating to Prosperity; wealth; goddess LakShmi and ` shrIH’
is fem.nom.; also an honourable prefix;
ଗୁରଵେ = to the teacher; preceptor;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 18 Guru

ବ୍ରହ୍ମାନଂଦଂ ପରମସୁଖଦଂ କେଵଲଂ ଜ୍ଞାନମୂର୍ତିଂ
ଦ୍ଵଂଦ୍ଵାତୀତଂ ଗଗନସଦୃଶଂ ତତ୍ତ୍ଵମସ୍ୟାଦିଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟମ୍ ।
ଏକଂ ନିତ୍ୟଂ ଵିମଲମଚଲଂ ସର୍ଵଧୀସାକ୍ଷିଭୂତଂ
ଭାଵାତୀତଂ ତ୍ରିଗୁଣରହିତଂ ସଦ୍ଗୁରୁଂ ତଂ ନମାମି ।
ଶ୍ରୀଦତ୍ତଗୁରୁଧ୍ୟାନମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 18
Salutations to the true Guru who is the embodiment of the bliss of the
knowledge of Brahman and the bestower of supreme happiness, who is
absolute, knowledge personified and beyond duality, who is all
encompassing like the sky,
and the one who is fixated in the ultimate Truth, the who is unique,
eternal, pure, and constant, the one perceived by all thinkers,
beyond all states of existence and devoid of the three qualities of

%E18 Word Meanings 18;

ବ୍ରହ୍ମାନଂଦଂ = Beautitide; bliss; nirvANa;
ପରମସୁଖଦଂ = the giver of great happiness, bliss;
କେଵଲଂ = only;
ଜ୍ଞାନମୂର୍ତିଂ = knowledge personified or knowledge itself taking the
form of a man;
ଦ୍ଵଂଦ୍ଵାତୀତଂ = beyond the dual nature of things i.e. individual
soul and Universal soul being considered as two entities;
ଗଗନସଦୃଶଂ = one who is like the sky;
ତତ୍ତ୍ଵମସ୍ୟାଦିଲକ୍ଷ୍ୟଂ = the ultimate truth (tattvaM) is his principal;
ଏକଂ = cardinal number 1, unique;
ନିତ୍ୟଂ = ever; permanent;
ଵିମଲମଚଲଂ = the pure mountain;
ସର୍ଵଧୀସାକ୍ଷିଭୂତଂ = the one existing as the witness of all
intellect or mind;
ଭାଵାତୀତଂ = beyond one’s thought or imagination;
ତ୍ରିଗୁଣରହିତଂ = bereft of the three qualities i.e. satva, raja
and tama;
ସଦ୍ଗୁରୁଂ = the good teacher or preceptor;
ତଂ = him;
ନମାମି = I bow; salute; pay my respects;
ଶ୍ରୀଦତ୍ତଗୁରୁଧ୍ୟାନଂ = meditating on the respected preceptor Dattatreya;
Shloka 19 Guru

ଅଖଣ୍ଡମଣ୍ଡଲାକାରଂ ଵ୍ୟାପ୍ତଂ ୟେନ ଚରାଚରମ୍ ।
ତତ୍ପଦଂ ଦର୍ଶିତଂ ୟେନ ତସ୍ମୈ ଶ୍ରୀଗୁରଵେ ନମଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 19
Salutations to that respected Guru who showed us the place of the
one who pervades the vast universe with all its movable and
immovable things..

%E19 Word Meanings 19;

ଅଖଣ୍ଡମଣ୍ଡଲାକାରଂ = one who has taken the form of an undivided
circle or universe;
ଵ୍ୟାପ୍ତଂ = manifested;
ୟେନ = by whom;
ଚରାଚରଂ = the moving and the non-moving things;
ତତ୍ପଦଂ = his position; his post;;
ଦର୍ଶିତଂ = shown;
ୟେନ = by whom;
ତସ୍ମୈ = to him;
ଶ୍ରୀଗୁରଵେ = to the respected teacher;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 20 Guru

ଅଜ୍ଞାନତିମିରାନ୍ଧସ୍ୟ ଜ୍ଞାନାଂଜନଶଲାକୟା ।
ଚକ୍ଷୁରୁନ୍ମୀଲିତଂ ୟେନ ତସ୍ମୈ ଶ୍ରୀଗୁରଵେ ନମଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 20
He who opens the eyes blinded by the darkness of ignorance, with a
needle dipped in knowledge, to that guru we salute.

Salutations to that respected Guru who opens the spiritual eyes
of those blind, due to ignorance, with the ointment of knowledge..

%E20 Word Meanings 20;

ଅଜ୍ଞାନତିମିରାନ୍ଧସ୍ୟ = of the person blinded by the darkness of ignorance;
ଜ୍ଞାନାଂଜନଶଲାକୟା = with a thin rod or needle having
ଚକ୍ଷୁରୁନ୍ମୀଲିତଂ = the opened eyes;
ୟେନ = by whom;
ତସ୍ମୈ = to him;
ଶ୍ରୀ-ଗୁରଵେ = ?? ;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 21 Guru

ଧ୍ୟାନମୂଲଂ ଗୁରୋର୍ମୂର୍ତିଃ ପୂଜାମୂଲଂ ଗୁରୋଃ ପଦମ୍ ।
ମନ୍ତ୍ରମୂଲଂ ଗୁରୋର୍ଵାକ୍ୟଂ ମୋକ୍ଷମୂଲଂ ଗୁରୋଃ କୃପା ॥ ॥

Meaning 21
The basis of meditation is guru’s idol,
the support of worship is guru’s feet;
the origin of mantra is guru’s word,
the cause of liberation is guru’s mercy..

%E21 Word Meanings 21;

ଧ୍ୟାନମୂଲଂ = the source or root for meditation;
ଗୁରୋର୍ମୂର୍ତିର୍ପୂଜାମୂଲଂ = the person of the preceptor is the root or
beginning of all worship;
ଗୁରୋର୍ପଦଂ = the place or abode of the preceptor or the feet of
the preceptor;
ମନ୍ତ୍ର-ମୂଲଂ = ?? ;
ଗୁରୋର୍ଵାକ୍ୟଂ = the sentence of the peceptor;
ମୋକ୍ଷ-ମୂଲଂ = ?? ;
ଗୁରୋଃ = the teacher’s;
କୃପା = mercy; sympathy;
Shloka 22 Guru

ନମୋ ଗୁରୁଭ୍ୟୋ ଗୁରୁପାଦୁକାଭ୍ୟୋ
ନମଃ ପରେଭ୍ୟଃ ପରପାଦୁକାଭ୍ୟଃ ।
ନମୋଽସ୍ତୁ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ମୀପତିପାଦୁକାଭ୍ୟଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 22
Salutations to the guru and guru’s sandals;
Salutations to elders and their sandals;
Salutations to the sandals of the teacher of Perfecton;
Salutations to the sandals of VishNu, the husband of Laxmi..

%E22 Word Meanings 22;

ନମୋ = bowing; salute;
ଗୁରୁଭ୍ୟୋ = to the teachers;
ଗୁରୁପାଦୁକାଭ୍ୟୋ = to the sandals of the preceptor;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
ପରେଭ୍ୟଃ = to the others;
ପରପାଦୁକାଭ୍ୟଃ = to the great sandals of the master;
ଆଚାର୍ୟସିଦ୍ଧେଶ୍ଵରପାଦୁକାଭ୍ୟୋ = to the sandals of the Siddesvara teacher;
ନମୋଽସ୍ତୁ = let there be my or our bowing or salutation;
ଲକ୍ଷ୍ମୀପତିପାଦୁକାଭ୍ୟଃ = to the sandals of the husband of Laxmi;
Shloka 23 Vishnu

ଶାଂତାକାରଂ ଭୁଜଗଶୟନଂ ପଦ୍ମନାଭଂ ସୁରେଶମ୍
ଵିଶ୍ଵାଧାରଂ ଗଗନସଦୃଶଂ ମେଘଵର୍ଣଂ ଶୁଭାଙ୍ଗମ୍ ।
ଲକ୍ଷ୍ମୀକାନ୍ତଂ କମଲନୟନଂ ୟୋଗିଭିର୍ଧ୍ୟାନଗମ୍ୟମ୍
ଵନ୍ଦେ ଵିଷ୍ଣୁଂ ଭଵଭୟହରଂ ସର୍ଵଲୋକୈକନାଥମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 23
Salutations to Lord Vishnu, the one with peaceful disposition,
one who is reclining over the soft coil-bed of the Serpent God,
the one with a lotus growing in his navel, the leader of the gods,
the support of the universe, all-pervasive like the ether,
cloud-colored one, ausipicious-bodied one, the Spouse of Laxmi, lotus
eyed one, visible to the yogis in their meditations, remover of the
fear of the rounds of rebirth, the unique Lord of all the worlds,
salutations !

HIS visage is peaceful.
HE reposes upon the great serpent, (sheShanAga)
From HIS navel springs the lotus.
HE is the mainstay of the universe
HE is like the sky, all pervading.
HIS complexion is like that of clouds
HIS FORM is auspicious
HE is the consort of Goddess Laxmi.
HIS eyes are like lotus.
Yogis reach HI.n through meditation.
I worship VISHNU, the destroyer of the fears of the
world and the sole MASTER of all the universes..

%E23 Word Meanings 23;

ଶାଂତାକାରଂ = the one having a peaceful or serene form;
ଭୁଜଗଶୟନଂ = one who is sleeping on a snake as the bed;
ପଦ୍ମନାଭଂ = the one having a lotus at the navel, Vishnu;
ସୁରେଶଂ = the master of the gods;
ଵିଶ୍ଵାଧାରଂ = the one who is the support or basis for the Universe;
ଗଗନସଦୃଶଂ = one who is like the sky;
ମେଘଵର୍ଣଂ = having the color of the cloud;
ଶୁଭାଙ୍ଗଂ = the one with the auspicious body;
ଲକ୍ଷ୍ମୀକାନ୍ତଂ = husband of Laxmi;
କମଲନୟନଂ = the lotus-eyed person;
ୟୋଗିଭିଃ = Yogis;
ଧ୍ୟାନ = meditation;
ଅଗମ୍ୟଂ = reaching;
ଵନ୍ଦେ = I worship; bow;
ଵିଷ୍ଣୁଂ = Vishnu;
ଭଵଭୟହରଂ = one who removes or takes away the fear caused by
the `bhava’ of births and deaths;
ସର୍ଵ = all;
ଲୋକୈକ = of the world;
ନାଥଂ = the lord or husband;
Shloka 24 Vishnu

ସର୍ଵଦା ସର୍ଵକାର୍ୟେଷୁ ନାସ୍ତି ତେଷାମମଙ୍ଗଲମ୍ ।
ୟେଷାଂ ହୃଦିସ୍ଥୋ ଭଗଵାନ୍ ମଙ୍ଗଲାୟତନୋ ହରିଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 24
In all activities and at all times, there will be no
inauspiciousness and obstacles for those persons, in whose heart
resides bhagavAn Hari – the home of the auspiciousness (himself!)..

%E24 Word Meanings 24;

ସର୍ଵଦା = ever; always;
ସର୍ଵକାର୍ୟେଷୁ = in all actions or activities;
ନାସ୍ତି = no one is there; not there;
ତେଷାମମଙ୍ଗଲଂ = their non-auspiciousness; their downfall;
ୟେଷାଂ = whose;
ହୃଦିସ୍ଥଃ = (he who is) stationed in the heart;
ଭଗଵାନ୍ = God; or a respectable person one who possesses the
bhaga -a cluster of good things including wealth and happiness;
ମଙ୍ଗଲାୟତନଃ = the home of the auspiciousness – adjective of god;
ହରିଃ = Lord Hari;
Shloka 25 Vishnu

ତଦେଵ ଲଗ୍ନଂ ସୁଦିନଂ ତଦେଵ
ତାରାବଲଂ ଚଂଦ୍ରବଲଂ ତଦେଵ ।
ଵିଦ୍ୟାବଲଂ ଦୈଵବଲଂ ତଦେଵ
ଲକ୍ଷ୍ମୀପତେ ତେଙ୍ଘ୍ରିୟୁଗଂ ସ୍ମରାମି ॥ ॥

Meaning 25
That alone is the best time, that only is the best day,
that time only has the strength bestowed by stars, moon,
knowledge and Gods, when we think of the feet of Lord
Vishnu who is the spouse of Goddess LakShmi..

%E25 Word Meanings 25;

ତଦେଵ = tat and eva-that alone; that only;
ଲଗ୍ନଂ = ascending sign in astrology;
ସୁଦିନଂ = good day;
ତଦେଵ = tat and eva-that alone; that only;
ତାରାବଲଂ = the power bestowed by the star;
ଚଂଦ୍ରବଲଂ = the strength of the moon;
ତଦେଵ = tat and eva-that alone; that only;
ଵିଦ୍ୟାବଲଂ = the power of knowledge or learning;
ଦୈଵବଲଂ = the power or might of the gods or given by the gods;
ତଦେଵ = tat and eva-that alone; that only;
ଲକ୍ଷ୍ମୀପତେ = O! Vishnu (husband of Laxmi);
ତେଂଽଘ୍ରିୟୁଗଂ = ?? ;
ସ୍ମରାମି = I remember;
Shloka 26 Vishnu

ହରିର୍ଦାତା ହରିର୍ଭୋକ୍ତା ହରିରନ୍ନଂ ପ୍ରଜାପତିଃ ।
ହରିଃ ସର୍ଵଶରୀରସ୍ଥୋ ଭୁଙ୍କ୍ତେ ଭୋଜୟତେ ହରିଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 26
Lord Hari is the Giver. Lord Hari is the enjoyer. Hari is the
food and the Creator. He, while residing in all beings, is the
one who feeds himself as well as the body..

%E26 Word Meanings 26;

ହରିର୍ଦାତା = Hari (is) the giver;
ହରିର୍ଭୋକ୍ତା = Hari himself (is) the eater / enjoyer / consumer;
ହରିରନ୍ନଂ = Hari becomes the food;
ପ୍ରଜାପତିଃ = Brahma, the creator;
ହରିଃ = Lord Hari;
ସର୍ଵଶରୀରସ୍ଥୋ = residing (sthaH) in all (sarva) bodies (sharIra);
ଭୁଙ୍କ୍ତେ = eats;
ଭୋଜୟତେ = feeds (some)one else;
ହରିଃ = Lord Hari;
Shloka 27 Vishnu

ନମୋଽସ୍ତୁ ତେ ଵ୍ୟାସ ଵିଶାଲବୁଦ୍ଧେ ଫୁଲ୍ଲାରଵିନ୍ଦାୟତପତ୍ରନେତ୍ର ।
ୟେନ ତ୍ଵୟା ଭାରତତୈଲପୂର୍ଣଃ ପ୍ରଜ୍ଵାଲିତୋ ଜ୍ଞାନମୟପ୍ରଦୀପଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 27
Oh! Salutations to Vyas with grand knowledge and eyes
like the wide leaf of a fully blossomed lotus, (since) it was you who
lighted the lamp of Knowledge filled with the oil (in the form) of

%E27 Word Meanings 27;

ନମୋଽସ୍ତୁ = let there be (astu) my or our bowing or salutation
(namaH) to you (te);
ତେ = to you([4]) or your([6]) (here:[4].);
ଵ୍ୟାସ = Hey Vyasa ([7]);
ଵିଶାଲବୁଦ୍ଧେ = Oh! the one with extensive knowledge;
ଫୁଲ୍ଲାରଵିନ୍ଦାୟତପତ୍ରନେତ୍ର = the one with eyes (netra);
like the wide leaf (Ayatapatra) of a fully blossomed (phulla) lotus;
(aravi.nda) ([7]);
ୟେନ = by whom([3]);
ତ୍ଵୟା = by you([3]);
ଭାରତତୈଲପୂର୍ଣଃ = filled (pUrNaH) with oil (taila) of mahAbhArata;
ପ୍ରଜ୍ଵାଲିତୋ = the kindled into flames; inflamed; lighted;
ଜ୍ଞାନମୟପ୍ରଦୀପଃ = the light or lamp (pradIpaH) wholly made up of
or full of knowledge (j~nAnamayaH);
Shloka 28 Vishnu

ଵ୍ୟାସାୟ ଵିଷ୍ଣୁରୂପାୟ ଵ୍ୟାସରୂପାୟ ଵିଷ୍ଣଵେ ।
ନମୋ ଵୈ ବ୍ରହ୍ମନିଧୟେ ଵାସିଷ୍ଠାୟ ନମୋନମଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 28
Salutations to VyAsa who is (really) Vishnu, to Vishnu, who is (really)
VyAsa; many salutations to him, the veritable treasure of knowledge of Brahman
and the lineal descendant of VasisTha..

%E28 Word Meanings 28;

ଵ୍ୟାସାୟ = to the sage Vyasa;
ଵିଷ୍ଣୁରୂପାୟ = to the one who is like Vishnu;
ଵ୍ୟାସରୂପାୟ = to the one who is like VyAsa;
ଵିଷ୍ଣଵେ = to Vishnu;
ନମୋ = salutation (namaH);
ଵୈ = indeed; truly; also used as an expletive, a vocative particle;
showing entreaty or pursuasion; sometimes just a meaningless;
ବ୍ରହ୍ମନିଧୟେ = to the one who is a great reservoir of Brahman;
ଵାସିଷ୍ଠାୟ = to the scion of Vasishta;
ନମୋନମଃ = repeated salutations;
Shloka 29 Vishnu

ୟଂ ବ୍ରହ୍ମାଵରୁଣେନ୍ଦ୍ରରୁଦ୍ରମରୁତଃ ସ୍ତୁଵନ୍ତି ଦିଵ୍ୟୈଃ ସ୍ତଵୈଃ
ଵେଦୈଃ ସାଙ୍ଗପଦକ୍ରମୋପନିଷଦୈର୍ଗାୟନ୍ତି ୟଂ ସାମଗାଃ ।
ଧ୍ୟାନାଵସ୍ଥିତତଦ୍ଗତେନ ମନସା ପଶ୍ୟନ୍ତି ୟଂ ୟୋଗିନୋ
ୟସ୍ୟାନ୍ତଂ ନ ଵିଦୁଃ ସୁରାସୁରଗଣା ଦେଵାୟ ତସ୍ମୈ ନମଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 29
He whom Brahma, Varun, Indra, Rudra, and Maruta worship with divine
songs; He to whom the SAma singers sing from Vedas and all related
scripture; He whom the yogis see when their minds reach the ultimate
state; He whose end is not known to the gods or the demons; To that
Divinity I offer my salutation..

%E29 Word Meanings 29;

ୟଂ = whom;
ବ୍ରହ୍ମାଵରୁଣେନ୍ଦ୍ରରୁଦ୍ରମରୁତଃ = Brahma. VaruNa, Indra, Rudra and the
Marut, wind-god;
ସ୍ତୁଵନ୍ତି = (they) praise;
ଦିଵ୍ୟୈଃ = by the divine;
ସ୍ତଵୈଃ = by the eulogising hymns;
ଵେଦୈଃ = by the vedas ([3]);
ସାଙ୍ଗପଦକ୍ରମୋପନିଷଦୈଃ = with the six vedA.nga’s, the versions;
of recitals known as pada and krama, and the various upaniShadaH;
ଗାୟନ୍ତି = they sing;
ୟଂ = (to) whom;
ସାମଗାଃ = singers of the SAma, the reciters of the Veda known as;
the SAmaveda;
ଧ୍ୟାନାଵସ୍ଥିତତଦ୍ଗତ = the one which has reached the ultimate;
(tadgata) during the meditative state (dhyAnAvasthita), (here, an;
adjective of the mind of the Yogis.);
ମନସା = by the mind([3]);
ପଶ୍ୟନ୍ତି = (they) see;
ୟଂ = He whom;
ୟୋଗିନଃ = Yogis;
ୟସ୍ୟାନ୍ତଂ = whose end;
ନ = not; no;
ଵିଦୁଃ = Understood; knew;
ସୁରାସୁରଗଣା = groups of gods and demons;
ଦେଵାୟ = to the god([4]);
ତସ୍ମୈ = to him([4]);
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 30 Vishnu

କାୟେନ ଵାଚା ମନସେଂଦ୍ରିୟୈର୍ଵା ।
ବୁଦ୍ଧ୍ୟାତ୍ମନା ଵା ପ୍ରକୃତିସ୍ଵଭାଵାତ୍ ।
କରୋମି ୟଦ୍ୟତ୍ ସକଲଂ ପରସ୍ମୈ ।
ନାରାୟଣାୟେତି ସମର୍ପୟାମି ॥ ॥

Meaning 30
Whatever I perform with my body, speech, mind, limbs, intellect, or my
inner self either intentionally or unintentionally,
I dedicate it all to that Supreme Lord Narayana..

%E30 Word Meanings 30;

କାୟେନ = through or with the help of the body;
ଵାଚା = through words or speech; text;
ମନସେଂଦ୍ରିୟୈର୍ଵା = by mind (manasA) or by limbs (indriyaiH vA);
ବୁଦ୍ଧି = intellect;
ଆତ୍ମନା = by one’s own self or efforts;
ଵା = or; also; like; either or;
ପ୍ରକୃତିସ୍ଵଭାଵାତ୍ = due to force of nature or habit;
କରୋମି = (I) do, perform;
ୟଦ୍ୟତ୍ = whatever;
ସକଲଂ = all;
ପରସ୍ମୈ = (to th)e other person, (to the) great [4];
ନାରାୟଣାୟେତି = Thus (to) Vishnu (nArAyaNAya)[4] (the word;
iti works like quote marks);
ସମର୍ପୟାମି = I dedicate; offer;
Shloka 31 Vishnu

ଅଚ୍ୟୁତଂ କେଶଵଂ ରାମନାରାୟଣମ୍ ।
କୃଷ୍ଣଦାମୋଦରଂ ଵାସୁଦେଵଂ ହରିମ୍ ।
ଶ୍ରୀଧରଂ ମାଧଵଂ ଗୋପିକାଵଲ୍ଲଭମ୍ ।
ଜାନକୀନାୟକଂ ରାମଚଂଦ୍ରଂ ଭଜେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 31
I adore Achyuta, Keshava, Rama, Narayan, Krishna, Damodar, Vasudev, Hari,
Shridhar, Madhav, Beloved of the Gopis and Ramachandra, the husband of
Janaki, In other words, I worship Vishnu in all his different forms and
all his different actions..

%E31 Word Meanings 31;

ଅଚ୍ୟୁତଂ = God `achyuta’ meaning one who does not lapse;
କେଶଵଂ = Keshava (Krishna)[2];
ନାରାୟଣଂ = Vishnu[2];
କୃଷ୍ଣଦାମୋଦରଂ = Krishna having the waist-band-tied belly[2];
ଵାସୁଦେଵଂ = the son of `vasudeva'[2];
ହରିଂ = Lord Hari[2];
ଶ୍ରୀଧରଂ = Vishnu , adored with the company of LakShmi or one who;
possesses glory, wealth[2];
ମାଧଵଂ = Madhava[2];
ଗୋପିକାଵଲ୍ଲଭଂ = the beloved of the cow-herd women[2]; refers to Krishna;
ଜାନକୀନାୟକଂ = husband of Janaki, Sita i.e Rama[2];
ରାମଚଂଦ୍ରଂ = the moon-like Rama[2];
ଭଜେ = I worship;
Shloka 32 Vishnu

ଲାଭସ୍ତେଷାଂ ଜୟସ୍ତେଷାଂ କୁତସ୍ତେଷାଂ ପରାଜୟଃ ।
ୟେଷାମିନ୍ଦୀଵରଶ୍ୟାମୋ ହୃଦୟସ୍ଥୋ ଜନାର୍ଦନଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 32
All benefits are theirs, victory is theirs, where is defeat for those in whose
heart is stationed The dark blue lotus colored Lord Vishnu..

%E32 Word Meanings 32;

ଲାଭସ୍ତେଷାଂ = benefits (lAbhaH) are theirs (teShAM);
ଜୟସ୍ତେଷାଂ = victory (jayaH) is theirs (teShAM);
କୁତସ୍ତେଷାଂ = where (kutaH) is their (teShAM);
ପରାଜୟଃ = defeat;
ୟେଷାଂ = whose;
ଇନ୍ଦୀଵରଶ୍ୟାମଃ = black (shyAmaH) like the dark blue lotus (indIvaraM);
ହୃଦୟସ୍ଥୋ = that or he who is stationed in the heart;
ଜନାର୍ଦନଃ = an epithet of Vishnu ; the remover of the torment
of peopleVishnu;
Shloka 33 Vishnu

ମଙ୍ଗଲଂ ଭଗଵାନ୍ଵିଷ୍ଣୁର୍ମଙ୍ଗଲଂ ଗରୁଡଧ୍ଵଜଃ ।
ମଙ୍ଗଲଂ ପୁଣ୍ଡରୀକାକ୍ଷୋ ମଙ୍ଗଲାୟତନଂ ହରିଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 33
Auspicious is Lord Vishnu, auspicious is the one with the mascot
garuDa, auspicious is the one with eyes like a lotus; Lord Hari is
indeed the storehouse of auspiciousness!.

%E33 Word Meanings 33;

ମଙ୍ଗଲଂ = that which is auspicious;
ଭଗଵାନ୍ଵିଷ୍ଣୁଃ = Lord Vishnu is auspicious;
ଗରୁଡଧ୍ଵଜଃ = Oh! the one having `GaruDa’ eagle-like bird as the mascot;
ପୁଣ୍ଡରୀକାକ୍ଷଃ = one with eyes like lotus;
ମଙ୍ଗଲାୟତନଂ = the auspicious temple, storehouse of auspiciousness;
ହରିଃ = Lord Hari;
Shloka 34 Vishnu

ହରେର୍ନାମୈଵ ନାମୈଵ ନାମୈଵ ମମ ଜୀଵନମ୍ ।
କଲୌ ନାସ୍ତ୍ୟେଵ ନାସ୍ତ୍ୟେଵ ନାସ୍ତ୍ୟେଵ ଗତିରନ୍ୟଥା ॥ ॥

Meaning 34
In Kaliyuga, there is no path other than taking the name of Shri Hari,
which alone is my life..

%E34 Word Meanings 34;

ହରେଃ = of Vishnu[6];
ନାମ = name;
ଏଵ = alone; only; here it would mean `indeed’;
ମମ = mine; my;
ଜୀଵନଂ = life; the act of living;
କଲୌ = during the kali yuga days or time;;
ନାସ୍ତି = does not exist;
ଏଵ = alone; only; here it would mean `indeed’;
ଗତିରନ୍ୟଥା = no other way or goal;
Shloka 35 Vishnu

ୟସ୍ୟ ସ୍ମରଣମାତ୍ରେଣ ଜନ୍ମସଂସାରବନ୍ଧନାତ୍ ।
ଵିମୁଚ୍ୟତେ ନମସ୍ତସ୍ମୈ ଵିଷ୍ଣଵେ ପ୍ରଭଵିଷ୍ଣଵେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 35
I salute to that Lord, Achuta(who is faultless), and by simply remembering
Him or uttering His name, all deficiencies in my activities disappear
and my penance attains completion instantly.

Respects to that Lord Vishnu, the Almighty, the mere contemplation of whose
Name assures liberation from the bondage of samsAra, the cycle of births
and deaths..

%E35 Word Meanings 35;

ୟସ୍ୟ = whose;
ସ୍ମରଣମାତ୍ରେଣ = by recall (smaraNa) alone (mAtra) [3];
ଜନ୍ମସଂସାରବନ୍ଧନାତ୍ = from the bondage (ba.ndhana[5]) of the (cycle);
of birth (janma) in this world (sa.nsAra);
ଵିମୁଚ୍ୟତେ = is released or freed;
ନମସ୍ତସ୍ମୈ = salutation to him;
ଵିଷ୍ଣଵେ = to Vishnu;
ପ୍ରଭଵିଷ୍ଣଵେ = to the great or mighty lord, an epithet of Vishnu;
Shloka 36 Vishnu

ନମଃ ସମସ୍ତଭୂତାନାମାଦିଭୂତାୟ ଭୂଭୃତେ ।
ଅନେକରୂପରୂପାୟ ଵିଷ୍ଣଵେ ପ୍ରଭଵିଷ୍ଣଵେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 36
Salutations to the mighty Lord Vishnu, the king of the earth, who existed
before all beings, who is the first being and who manifests himself in
many forms..

%E36 Word Meanings 36;

ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
ସମସ୍ତଭୂତାନାମାଦିଭୂତାୟ = to the one who existed before all the
beings; th first being;
ଭୂଭୃତେ = king, an epithet of Vishnu[4];
ଅନେକରୂପରୂପାୟ = to one’s form who can take many forms[4];
ଵିଷ୍ଣଵେ = to Vishnu[4];
ପ୍ରଭଵିଷ୍ଣଵେ = to the great or mighty lord, an epithet of Vishnu[4];
Shloka 37 Vishnu

ଓଂ ଵିଷ୍ଣୁଂ ଜିଷ୍ଣୁଂ ମହାଵିଷ୍ଣୁଂ ପ୍ରଭଵିଷ୍ଣୁଂ ମହେଶ୍ଵରମ୍ ।
ଅନେକରୂପଂ ଦୈତ୍ୟାନ୍ତଂ ନମାମି ପୁରୁଷୋତ୍ତମମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 37
I bow to Vishnu, the victorious, the all-pervading, the Mighty, the
Lord of all, the Destroyer of evil, having many forms and the highest

%E37 Word Meanings 37;

ଓଂ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ଵିଷ୍ଣୁଂ = Vishnu;
ଜିଷ୍ଣୁଂ = an epithet for Vishnu ; the conqueror;
ମହାଵିଷ୍ଣୁଂ = the great Vishnu;
ପ୍ରଭଵିଷ୍ଣୁଂ = the mighty lord, Vishnu;
ମହେଶ୍ଵରଂ = the great Lord;
ଅନେକରୂପଂ = one who has many forms;
ଦୈତ୍ୟାନ୍ତଂ = enemy of demons;
ନମାମି = I bow; salute; pay my respects;
ପୁରୁଷୋତ୍ତମଂ = the greatest of men;
Shloka 38 Vishnu

ସଶଙ୍ଖଚକ୍ରଂ ସକିରୀଟକୁଣ୍ଡଲଂ
ସପୀତଵସ୍ତ୍ରଂ ସରସୀରୁହେକ୍ଷଣମ୍ ।
ନମାମି ଵିଷ୍ଣୁଂ ଶିରସା ଚତୁର୍ଭୁଜମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 38 % The correct meaning should be:
I bow my head to Vishnu, carrying a conch and a wheel, wearing a
crown and ear-rings, wrapped in a yellow garment, with eyes like
lotus, with a garland and the Kaustubha gem lying on his chest and
possessing four hands. % The next meaning must be from some other shloka. It is unrelated! %I seek refuge in dark-haired, long-eyed, jewel-bedecked, four-armed, %moon-faced Krishna, adorned by the Srivatsa mark on his chest, %accompanied by Rukmini and SatyabhAma, seated on the golden %throne under the shade of the celestial PArijAta Tree..

%E38 Word Meanings 38;

ସଶଙ୍ଖଚକ୍ରଂ = the one with a conch and a wheel;
ସକିରୀଟକୁଣ୍ଡଲଂ = the one with a crown and ear-rings;
ସପୀତଵସ୍ତ୍ରଂ = along with yellow robe;
ସରସୀରୁହେକ୍ଷଣଂ = the one having lotus like eyes;
ସହାରଵକ୍ଷଃସ୍ଥଲକୌସ୍ତୁଭଶ୍ରୟଂ = the one having the chest
adorned with a garland and the gem `Kaustubha’;
ନମାମି = I bow; salute; pay my respects;
ଵିଷ୍ଣୁଂ = Vishnu;
ଶିରସା = by the head;
ଚତୁର୍ଭୁଜଂ = one who is having four hands;
Shloka 39 Vishnu

ନମୋଽସ୍ତ୍ଵନନ୍ତାୟ ସହସ୍ରମୂର୍ତୟେ
ସହସ୍ରପାଦାକ୍ଷିଶିରୋରୁବାହଵେ ।
ସହସ୍ରନାମ୍ନେ ପୁରୁଷାୟ ଶାଶ୍ଵତେ
ସହସ୍ରକୋଟୀ ୟୁଗଧାରିଣେ ନମଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 39
Salutation to that God with a thousand forms, having a thousand eyes,
heads, feet, and arms. Salutations to that eternal being called
by a thousand names, and sustaining the world through a billions

%E39 Word Meanings 39;

ନମୋଽସ୍ତ୍ଵନନ୍ତାୟ = let there be salutation to Anantha[4];
ସହସ୍ରମୂର୍ତୟେ = to the form having 1000 names or one having 1000 forms;
ସହସ୍ରପାଦାକ୍ଷିଶିରୋରୁବାହଵେ = to the one having 1000 legs, eyes,
heads, thighs and arms or hands[4];
ସହସ୍ରନାମ୍ନେ = Oh! the 1000-named one[4];
ପୁରୁଷାୟ = to the person[4];
ଶାଶ୍ଵତେ = the permanent one[4];
ସହସ୍ରକୋଟୀ = thousand crores;
ୟୁଗଧାରିଣେ = to the one who sustains (the world) thru Yuga’s[4];
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 40 Vishnu

ନାହଂ ଵସାମି ଵୈକୁଣ୍ଠେ ୟୋଗିନାଂ ହୃଦୟେ ନ ଚ ।
ମଦ୍ଭକ୍ତା ୟତ୍ର ଗାୟନ୍ତି ତତ୍ର ତିଷ୍ଠାମି ନାରଦ ॥ ॥

Meaning 40
Neither do I reside in Vaikuntha, nor do I dwell in the hearts of the
yogis; O Narada, I stay where my devotess are singing..

%E40 Word Meanings 40;

ନାହଂ = not (na) I (ahaM);
ଵସାମି = live or dwell;
ଵୈକୁଣ୍ଠେ = in Vaikunta, the abode of Vishnu[7];
ୟୋଗିନାଂ = of meditators ot contemplators;
ହୃଦୟେ = in heart[7];
ନ = no;
ଚ = and;
ମଦ୍ଭକ୍ତାଃ =(M.nom.pl.) my devotees;
ୟତ୍ର = where;
ଗାୟନ୍ତି = (they) sing;
ତତ୍ର = there;
ତିଷ୍ଠାମି = (I) stay;
ନାରଦ = Oh! Narada! the omnipresent, wandering and singing devotee
of Vishnu;
Shloka 41 Vishnu

ଵନମାଲୀ ଗଦୀ ଶାର୍ଙ୍ଗୀ ଶଙ୍ଖୀ ଚକ୍ରୀ ଚ ନନ୍ଦକୀ ।
ଶ୍ରୀମାନ୍ ନାରାୟଣୋ ଵିଷ୍ଣୁର୍ଵାସୁଦେଵୋଽଭିରକ୍ଷତୁ ॥ ॥

Meaning 41
Shriman NArAyaNa is adorned with the garland Vaijayantee and armed with
gadA (mace), the bow ShArnga, the conch, the discus and the
sword (nandakee). He is Vishnu (the all-pervading) and
Vasudeva (the indweller of all). May that Vasudeva protect us all..

%E41 Word Meanings 41;

ଵନମାଲୀ = the one wearing forest or wild garlands;
ଗଦୀ = one who is wearing or bearing the weapon mace;
ଶାର୍ଙ୍ଗୀ = Oh! the one having the `shArnga’ bow ; one with horns;
ଶଙ୍ଖୀ = Oh! the one with the conch shell;
ଚକ୍ରୀ = one who has the weapon of `chakra’ the `Sudarshan’ wheel;
ଚ = and;
ନନ୍ଦକୀ = The one wearing the `nandaka’ sword, Vishnu;
ଶ୍ରୀମାନ୍ = the respectable one, the prosperous one;
ନାରାୟଣୋ = Vishnu;
ଵିଷ୍ଣୁର୍ଵାସୁଦେଵୋଽଭିରକ୍ଷତୁ = May Vishnu who is also Vasudeva protect me;
Shloka 42 Vishnu

ମେଘଶ୍ୟାମଂ ପୀତକୌଶେୟଵାସଂ
ଶ୍ରୀଵତ୍ସାଙ୍କଂ କୌସ୍ତୁଭୋଦ୍ଭାସିତାଙ୍ଗମ୍ ।
ପୁଣ୍ୟୋପେତଂ ପୁଣ୍ଡରୀକାୟତାକ୍ଷଂ
ଵିଷ୍ଣୁଂ ଵନ୍ଦେ ସର୍ଵଲୋକୈକନାଥମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 42
I salute Vishnu, the unique Lord of all the worlds, dark like the laden
cloud, clad in yellow robe, marked on the chest by the sign of Srivatsa,
his frame lit up by the Kaustubha gem that adorns Him,
ever immaculate and with eyes long and bright like the white lotus.

I salute to Lord ViShNu, who is the Lord of all the people in all
the worlds, whose complexion is black like the clouds, adorned in
yellow silk robes, bearing the shrIvatsa mark on his chest, whose
body shines with the Kaustubha jewels, having long lotus like eyes
and who can be attained by good deeds..

%E42 Word Meanings 42;

ମେଘଶ୍ୟାମଂ = having black cloud like complexion[2];
ପୀତକୌଶେୟଵାସଂ = the one wearing yellow silk dress[2];
ଶ୍ରୀଵତ୍ସାଙ୍କଂ = the one with the `Shrivatsa’ mark on his body, Vishnu[2];
କୌସ୍ତୁଭୋଦ୍ଭାସିତାଙ୍ଗଂ = one with body illuminated (udbhAsitA.nga);
with the Kaustubha gem[2];
ପୁଣ୍ୟୋପେତଂ = reached (upeta) by good deeds (puNya)[2];
ପୁଣ୍ଡରୀକାୟତାକ୍ଷଂ = one with long eyes resembling lotus[2];
ଵିଷ୍ଣୁଂ = Vishnu[2];
ଵନ୍ଦେ = I worship; bow;
ସର୍ଵଲୋକୈକନାଥଂ = the one Lord (ekanAtha) over all the worlds;
Shloka 43 Vishnu

ଅପଵିତ୍ରଃ ପଵିତ୍ରୋ ଵା ସର୍ଵାଵସ୍ଥାଂ ଗତୋଽପି ଵା ।
ୟଃ ସ୍ମରେତ୍ପୁଣ୍ଡରୀକାକ୍ଷଂ ସ ବାହ୍ୟାଭ୍ୟନ୍ତରଂ ଶୁଚିଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 43
A person, clean or unclean or having been in any possible situation,
if he remembers lotus eyed (Vishnu) he is pure inside out!.

%E43 Word Meanings 43;

ଅପଵିତ୍ରଃ = the polluted one or person;
ପଵିତ୍ରଃ = sacred one; a pure person;
ଵା = or; also; like; either or;
ସର୍ଵାଵସ୍ଥାଃ = all states or conditions;
ଗତୋଽପି = even after having gone;
ୟଃ = He who;
ସ୍ମରେତ୍ = may remember;
ପୁଣ୍ଡରୀକାକ୍ଷଂ = the lotus-eyed one[2];
ସଃ = he;
ବାହ୍ୟାଭ୍ୟନ୍ତରଂ = outside (bAhya) and inside (abhyantaraM);
ଶୁଚିଃ = pure; honest; upright; clean;
Shloka 44 Vishnu

ଆଲୋଡ୍ୟ ସର୍ଵଶାସ୍ତ୍ରାଣି ଵିଚାର୍ୟ ଚ ପୁନଃପୁନଃ ।
ଇଦମେକଂ ସୁନିଷ୍ପନ୍ନଂ ଵୈଦ୍ୟୋ ନାରାୟଣୋ ହରିଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 44
phalashruti of Vishnu sahasranAma
Having carefully scrutinized all the scriptures and having reflected
upon them well again and again this one truth has clearly emerged that
ViShNu, the Lord Hari living in the ocean is THE doctor (who removes all ills)..

%E44 Word Meanings 44;

ଆଲୋଡ୍ୟ = having considered well or studied carefully;
ସର୍ଵଶାସ୍ତ୍ରାଣି = all branches of knowledge; precepts; religious works;
ଵିଚାର୍ୟ = having deliberated or considered well;
ଚ = and;
ପୁନଃପୁନଃ = again and again;
ଇଦଂ = this;
ଏକଂ = one;
ସୁନିଷ୍ପନ୍ନଂ = clearly emerged; accomplished; born; arisen;
ଵୈଦ୍ୟଃ = doctor; medicine man;
ନାରାୟଣଃ = Vishnu; specifically the one whose house (ayana) is in;
water (nArAH);
ହରିଃ = Lord Hari;
Shloka 45 Vishnu

ଆର୍ତାଃ ଵିଷଣ୍ଣାଃ ଶିଥିଲାଶ୍ଚ ଭୀତାଃ
ଘୋରେଷୁ ଚ ଵ୍ୟାଧିଷୁ ଵର୍ତମାନାଃ ।
ସଙ୍କୀର୍ତ୍ୟ ନାରାୟଣଶବ୍ଦମାତ୍ରଂ
ଵିମୁକ୍ତଦୁଃଖାଃ ସୁଖିନୋ ଭଵନ୍ତି ॥ ॥

Meaning 45
phalashruti of Vishnu sahasranAma
People who are struck by calamity or who are dejected or are weak, those
who are frightened and those who are afflicted by terrible diseases are
freed from their sufferings and become happy on merely reciting
ViShNu’s name ⁠NArAyaNa⁠..

%E45 Word Meanings 45;

ଆର୍ତାଃ = the afflicted or suffering people or living beings;
ଵିଷଣ୍ଣାଃ = those who are dejected and sad;
ଶିଥିଲାଃ = torn and tattered; weak;
ଚ = and;
ଭୀତାଃ = those who are afraid or scared;
ଘୋରେଷୁ = among the terrible or frightening;
ଚ = and;
ଵ୍ୟାଧିଷୁ = in all diseases; ailments;
ଵର୍ତମାନାଃ = those who are presently experiencing;
ସଙ୍କୀର୍ତ୍ୟ = Having sung or praised well;
ନାରାୟଣ = O! Narayana;
ଶବ୍ଦମାତ୍ରଂ = only so much as the utterance of the word;
ଵିମୁକ୍ତଦୁଃଖାଃ = those who are freed from the afflictions or sufferings;
ସୁଖିନୋ = happy people;
ଭଵନ୍ତି = become; happen;
Shloka 46 Vishnu

ନମଃ କମଲନାଭାୟ ନମସ୍ତେ ଜଲଶାୟିନେ ।
ନମସ୍ତେ କେଶଵାନନ୍ତ ଵାସୁଦେଵ ନମୋଽସ୍ତୁତେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 46
Salutation to viShNu, the lotus-navelled who is resting in water. O
keshava, O Ananta, O VAsudeva, salutations to you..

%E46 Word Meanings 46;

ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
କମଲନାଭାୟ = to the one with the lotus stalk at the navel (Vishnu);
ନମସ୍ତେ = greetings, salutations to you;
ଜଲଶାୟିନେ = to the one lying or sleeping in water (ocean);
ନମସ୍ତେ = greetings, salutations to you;
କେଶଵାନନ୍ତ = Oh! Keshva, Oh! Ananta;
ଵାସୁଦେଵ = the son of `vasudeva’, Krishna (or Vishnu);
ନମୋଽସ୍ତୁତେ = Salutations unto Thee;
Shloka 47 Vishnu

ଵାସନାଦ୍ଵାସୁଦେଵସ୍ୟ ଵାସିତଂ ଭୁଵନତ୍ରୟମ୍ ।
ସର୍ଵଭୂତନିଵାସୋଽସି ଵାସୁଦେଵ ନମୋଽସ୍ତୁ ତେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 47
The three worlds (heaven, earth and the lower regions) are inhabited. by
virtue of the residence there of kRShNa, the son of vasudeva.
O kRShNa ! Salutation to you !.

%E47 Word Meanings 47;

ଵାସନାତ୍ = due to the living or inhabitation (vAsana)[5];
ଵାସୁଦେଵସ୍ୟ = of the sun of Vasydeva, Krishna[6];
ଵାସିତଂ = occupied, inhabited;
ଭୁଵନତ୍ରୟଂ = three worlds Earth, Heaven, Hell;
ସର୍ଵଭୂତନିଵାସୋଽସି = (You) are (asi) residing in all living beings;
ନମୋଽସ୍ତୁ = let there be my or our bowing or salutation;
ତେ = to you or your (here:[4]);
Shloka 48 Vishnu

ସର୍ଵଵେଦେଷୁ ୟତ୍ପୁଣ୍ୟଂ ସର୍ଵତୀର୍ଥେଷୁ ୟତ୍ଫଲମ୍ ।
ତତ୍ଫଲଂ ସମଵାପ୍ନୋତି ସ୍ତୁତ୍ଵା ଦେଵଂ ଜନାର୍ଦନମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 48
Whatever merit is in all the vedas and whatever benefits are in all the
holy places (that they give), all these are obtained (jus) by singing praise of
janArdana (viShNu)..

%E48 Word Meanings 48;

ସର୍ଵଵେଦେଷୁ = in all Vedas[7];
ୟତ୍ = which;
ପୁଣ୍ୟଂ = merit, virtue;
ସର୍ଵତୀର୍ଥେଷୁ = in all holy places;
ଫଲଂ = fruit;
ତତ୍ = that;
ସମଵାପ୍ନୋତି = obtains, acquires;
ସ୍ତୁତ୍ଵା = by praising;
ଦେଵ = God;
ଜନାର୍ଦନ = Vishnu;
Shloka 49 Vishnu

ଏଷ ନିଷ୍କଣ୍ଟକଃ ପନ୍ଥା ୟତ୍ର ସମ୍ପୂଜ୍ୟତେ ହରିଃ ।
କୁପଥଂ ତଂ ଵିଜାନୀୟାଦ୍ ଗୋଵିନ୍ଦରହିତାଗମମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 49
This path, where Lord Hari is worshipped, is free from obstructions
(without any thorns). Know that it is a bad (wrong) path, when it is
without Govind (Krishna)..

%E49 Word Meanings 49;

ଏଷଃ = this;
ନିଷ୍କଣ୍ଟକଃ = the thornless one;
ପନ୍ଥାଃ = road;
ୟତ୍ର = (the place) where;
ସମ୍ପୂଜ୍ୟତେ = is worshipped, praised;
ହରିଃ = Lord Hari;
କୁପଥଃ = bad road; wrong direction;
ତଂ = him[2];
ଵିଜାନୀୟାଦ୍ = may be understood;
ଗୋଵିନ୍ଦରହିତାଗମଂ = the road (Agama) without (rahita) Govinda;
Shloka 50 Vishnu

ଶନୈର୍ଦହନ୍ତି ପାପାନି କଲ୍ପକୋଟିଶତାନି ଚ ।
ଅଶ୍ଵତ୍ଥସନ୍ନିଧୌ ପାର୍ଥ ଧ୍ୟାତ୍ଵା ମନସି କେଶଵମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 50
O Arjuna ! having meditated on ViShNu in the vicinity of the holy fig
tree, people slowly burn out millions and millions of sins..

%E50 Word Meanings 50;

ଶନୈଃ = slowly;
ଦହନ୍ତି = burn;
ପାପାନି = sins;
କଲ୍ପକୋଟିଶତାନି = many literally (kalpa is 10 raised to 18, koTi
is 10 raised to 8 and shata is 10 raised to 2 so in all 10 raised to 20);
ଚ = and;
ଅଶ୍ଵତ୍ଥସନ୍ନିଧୌ = in the presence of the Peepal tree;
ପାର୍ଥ = Oh! Partha (refers to Arjun);
ଧ୍ୟାତ୍ଵା = by meditating, thinking;
ମନସି = in the mind;
କେଶଵଂ = Keshava (Krishna);
Shloka 51 Vishnu

ପିତୃତ୍ଵମନ୍ୟେଷ୍ଵଵିଚାର୍ୟ ତୂର୍ଣମ୍ ।
ଲକ୍ଷ୍ମୀନୃସିଂହଂ ଶରଣମ୍ ପ୍ରପଦ୍ୟେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 51
I go to take refuge in LaxmI-Nrisinha incarnated in a pillar, who is
reachable by true dedication and who promptly takes birth with a
desire to eradicate the suffering of his disciples..

%E51 Word Meanings 51;

ୟସ୍ୟ =(m.poss.)whose;
ଅଭଵଦ୍ = occurred;
ଭକ୍ତଜନ = devotees;
ଅର୍ଦିହନ୍ତୁଃ = desirous of destroying suffering (poss.);
ପିତୃତ୍ଵମ୍ = fatherhood;
ଅନ୍ୟେଷୁ = among others;
ଅଵିଚାର୍ୟ = without hesitation;
ତୂର୍ଣଂ = swiftly; quickly;
ସ୍ତମ୍ଭେ = in the pillar;
ଅଵତାରଃ = incarnation;
ତମ୍ = him;
ଅନନ୍ୟଲଭ୍ୟଂ = obtainable by (only the) dedicated;
ଲକ୍ଷ୍ମୀ = Goddess LakShmi; consort of Vishnu;
ନୃସିଂହଂ = Vishnu in his half-man half-lion avatar;
ଶରଣଂ = (to the) shelter, sanctuary;

ଶ୍ରୀମାନ୍ ଵେଙ୍କଟ ନାଧାର୍ୟଃ କଵିତାର୍କିକକେସରୀ ।
ଵେଦାନ୍ତାଚାର୍ୟଵର୍ୟୋ ମେ ସନ୍ନିଧତ୍ତାମ୍ ସଦାହୃଦି ॥ ॥

Meaning 52
Oh! ShrimAn Venkata, Oh! our Lord, who is a poetry of the children of
shining lights, Oh! Lion, Oh! the teacher of Vedanta, Oh! the one
chosen by Uma; reside forever in my heart..

%E52 Word Meanings 52;

ଶ୍ରୀମାନ୍ = a respectable prefix (for males);
ଵେଙ୍କଟ = of the Venkata mountain;
ନାଧାର୍ୟଃ = ?? ;
କଵିତାର୍କିକ = ?? ;
କେସରୀ = lion; lion among men;
ଵେଦାନ୍ତ = the ending part of the Vedas;
ଆଚାର୍ୟ = teacher, learned scholar;
ଵର୍ୟୋମେ = ?? ;
ସନ୍ନିଧତ୍ତାଂ = that which has been put or placed near, or together;
ସଦାହୃଦି = always in the heart;
Shloka 53 Vishnu

କ୍ଷୀରୋଦନ୍ଵତ୍ପ୍ରଦେଶେ ଶୁଚିମଣିଵିଲସତ୍ସୈକତେ ମୌକ୍ତିକାନାଂ
ମାଲାକୢପ୍ତାସନସ୍ଥଃ ସ୍ଫଟିକମଣିନିଭୈର୍ମୌକ୍ତିକୈର୍ମଣ୍ଡିତାଙ୍ଗଃ ।
ଶୁଭ୍ରୈରଭ୍ରୈରଦଭ୍ରୈରୁପରିଵିରଚିତୈର୍ମୁକ୍ତପୀୟୂଷ ଵର୍ଷୈଃ
ଆନନ୍ଦୀ ନଃ ପୁନୀୟାଦରିନଲିନଗଦା ଶଙ୍ଖପାଣିର୍ମୁକୁନ୍ଦଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 53
Contemplation on Personal form of the Lord.
In the milky ocean, which has a bed of sparkling pure emeralds,
the Lord who can give salvation to his devotees is seated on a
throne decorated with strings of pearls, covered by an umbrella
of clouds which shower nectarine dews as though
they are flower petals, His ornamented body glittering with
pearls and precious gems and holding the conch in his hand.
I pray to this Lord, to make me pure..

%E53 Word Meanings 53;

କ୍ଷୀରୋଦନ୍ଵତ୍ପ୍ରଦେଶେ = ?? ;
ଶୁଚିମଣିଵିଲସତ୍ସୈକତେ = ?? ;
ମୌକ୍ତିକାନାଂ = face (teeth);
ମାଲାକୢପ୍ତାସନସ୍ଥଃ = ?? ;
ସ୍ଫଟିକମଣିନିଭୈର୍ମୌକ୍ତିକୈର୍ମଣ୍ଡିତାଙ୍ଗଃ = the one having the body
heavily ornamented and decorated with pearls and transparent stones
and gems;
ଶୁଭ୍ରୈଃ = ?? ;
ଅଭ୍ରୈଃ = ?? ;
ଅଦଭ୍ରୈଃ = ?? ;
ଉପରିଵିରଚିତୈଃ = ?? ;
ମୁକ୍ତପୀୟୂଷ = ?? ;
ଵର୍ଷୈଃ = by the rains;
ଆନନ୍ଦୀ = an epithet of Vishnu (representing delight or bliss);
ନଃ = us; to us or ours;
ପୁନୀୟାଦରିନଲିନଗଦା = ?? ;
ଶଙ୍ଖପାଣିର୍ମୁକୁନ୍ଦଃ = the one holding a conch in his hand; Mukunda;
Shloka 54 Vishnu

ଭୂଃ ପାଦୌ ୟସ୍ୟ ନାଭିର୍ଵିୟଦସୁରନିଲଶ୍ଚନ୍ଦ୍ର ସୂର୍ୟୌ ଚ ନେତ୍ରେ
କର୍ଣାଵାଶାଃ ଶିରୋ ଦ୍ୟୌର୍ମୁଖମପି ଦହନୋ ୟସ୍ୟ ଵାସ୍ତେୟମବ୍ଧିଃ ।
ଅନ୍ତଃସ୍ଥଂ ୟସ୍ୟ ଵିଶ୍ଵଂ ସୁରନରଖଗଗୋଭୋଗିଗନ୍ଧର୍ଵଦୈତ୍ୟୈଃ
ଚିତ୍ରଂ ରଂରମ୍ୟତେ ତଂ ତ୍ରିଭୁଵନ ଵପୁଷଂ ଵିଷ୍ଣୁମୀଶଂ ନମାମି ॥ ॥

Meaning 54
Contemplation of the Cosmic form of the Lord
I bow to Lord Vishnu who has the three worlds as His body.
The earth is His feet, and the sky His navel.
Wind is His breath, and the sun and the moon are His eyes.
Directions are His ears, and the Heaven is His Head. Fire is His
face and the ocean His abdomen. In Him is situated the Universe with the
diverse kinds of gods, men, birds, cattle, serpants, Gandharvas and
Daityas (Asuras) – all sporting in a charming way..

%E54 Word Meanings 54;

ଭୂଃ = the earth; this world;
ପାଦୌ = two feet;
ୟସ୍ୟ = whose;
ନାଭିର୍ଵିୟଦସୁରନିଲଃ = ?? ;
ଚନ୍ଦ୍ର = (adj.)moon;
ସୂର୍ୟୌ = sun and another;
ଚ = and;
ନେତ୍ରେ = the 2 eyes;
କର୍ଣାଵାଶାଃ = ?? ;
ଶିରୋ = head;
ଦ୍ୟୌର୍ମୁଖମପି = even the mouth or face of heaven;
ଦହନୋ = burning; set a thing on fire;
ୟସ୍ୟ = whose;
ଵାସ୍ତେୟମବ୍ଧିଃ = ?? ;
ଅନ୍ତଃସ୍ଥଂ = in the innermost heart;
ୟସ୍ୟ = whose;
ଵିଶ୍ଵଂ = the universe;
ସୁରନରଖଗଗୋଭୋଗିଗନ୍ଧର୍ଵଦୈତ୍ୟୈଃ = by gods, men, birds, cows,
gourmets, celestial singers and demons;
ଚିତ୍ରଂ = drawing etc.wonderful or awesome or mysterious appearance;
ରଂରମ୍ୟତେ = ?? ;
ତଂ = him;
ତ୍ରିଭୁଵନ = three worlds, Earth, Heaven, Hell;
ଵପୁଷଂ = the one with a body;
ଵିଷ୍ଣୁମୀଶଂ = Vishnu the great lord;
ନମାମି = I bow; salute; pay my respects;
Shloka 55 Vishnu

ଛାୟାୟାଂ ପାରିଜାତସ୍ୟ ହେମସିଂହାସନୋପରି
ଆସୀନମମ୍ବୁଦଶ୍ୟାମମାୟତାକ୍ଷମଲଙ୍କୃତମ୍ ।
ଚନ୍ଦ୍ରାନନଂ ଚତୁର୍ବାହୁଂ ଶ୍ରୀଵତ୍ସାଙ୍କିତ ଵକ୍ଷସଂ
ରୁକ୍ମିଣୀ ସତ୍ୟଭାମାଭ୍ୟାଂ ସହିତଂ କୃଷ୍ଣମାଶ୍ରୟେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 55
I salute and surrender to Lord kriShNA whose complexion
is blue like the sky, with wide eyes and four arms, who is
well adorned, whose face glows like the moon, whose chest bears
the srivatsa mark, who is seated on a golden throne in the shade
of the pArijAta tree with his wives rukmiNI and satyabhAmA..

%E55 Word Meanings 55;

ଛାୟାୟାଂ = in the shade;
ପାରିଜାତସ୍ୟ = of Parijata tree;
ହେମସିଂହାସନୋପରି = on the golden throne;
ଆସୀନମମ୍ବୁଦଶ୍ୟାମମାୟତାକ୍ଷମଲଙ୍କୃତଂ = ?? ;
ଚନ୍ଦ୍ରାନନଂ = the one having moon-like face;
ଚତୁର୍ବାହୁଂ = the one having four arms (hands);
ଶ୍ରୀଵତ୍ସାଙ୍କିତ = (refers to Vishnu);
ଵକ୍ଷସଂ = the one with the chest;
ରୁକ୍ମିଣୀ = the consort of Krishna;
ସତ୍ୟଭାମାଭ୍ୟାଂ = Satyabhama and another (RukmiNi);
ସହିତଂ = with, along with;
କୃଷ୍ଣମାଶ୍ରୟେ = ?? ;
Shloka 56 Vishnu

ଵିସର୍ଗ ବିନ୍ଦୁ ମାତ୍ରାଣି ପଦ ପାଦାକ୍ଷରାଣି ଚ ।
ନ୍ୟୂନାନିଚାତିରିକ୍ତାନି କ୍ଷମସ୍ଵ ପୁରୁଷୋତ୍ତମ ॥ ॥

Meaning 56
Oh! Lord, you are indeed flawless, and we request you to excuse all the
mistakes we might have commited while chanting the slokas, either in
word endings or pronunciation or metre, or any other mistakes of this

%E56 Word Meanings 56;

ଵିସର୍ଗ = the Visarga sign denoted by two vertical dots as `:’;
ବିନ୍ଦୁ = relating to a drop or dot;
ମାତ୍ରାଣି = units of measurement of space, time, length, etc.;
ପଦ = a word or a leg or foot;
ପାଦାକ୍ଷରାଣି = the letters denoting or referring to the feet;
ଚ = and;
ନ୍ୟୂନାନିଚାତିରିକ୍ତାନି = ?? ;
କ୍ଷମସ୍ଵ = Excuse (me or us);
ପୁରୁଷୋତ୍ତମ = Oh! the best person;
Shloka 57 Vishnu

ଶ୍ରିୟଃ କାନ୍ତାୟ କଲ୍ୟାଣ ନିଧୟେ ନିଧୟେର୍ଥିନାମ୍ ।
ଶ୍ରୀ ଵେଙ୍କଟ ନିଵାସାୟ ଶ୍ରୀନିଵାସାୟ ମଙ୍ଗଳମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 57
Glory to the Lord viShNu, who is the consort of mahAlakShmI, and the
treasure trove of auspiciousness, who grants wealth to all seekers of
material wealth, who resides in the venkata mountains and in whose heart,
mahalakShmi who symbolises wealth resides..

%E57 Word Meanings 57;

ଶ୍ରିୟଃ = ?? ;
କାନ୍ତାୟ = to the lord or consort;
କଲ୍ୟାଣ = happy; beautiful; auspices; prosperous; good, etc.;
ନିଧୟେ = to the abode or reservoir-like one;
ନିଧୟେର୍ଥିନାଂ = to the abode or reservoir-like one for people who
seek material possessions;
ଶ୍ରୀ = relating to Prosperity; wealth; goddess LakShmi and ` shrIH’
is fem.nom.; also an honourable prefix;
ଵେଙ୍କତ = Lord Venkat, Vishnu;
ନିଵାସାୟ = to the dweller;
ଶ୍ରୀନିଵାସାୟ = to Srinivasa;
ମଙ୍ଗଳଂ = welfare; good things; auspiciousness;
Shloka 58 Vishnu

ନାରାୟଣାୟ ଵିଦ୍ମହେ । ଵାସୁଦେଵାୟ ଧୀମହି ।
ତନ୍ନୋ ଵିଷ୍ଣୁଃ ପ୍ରଚୋଦୟାତ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 58
This is my offering to the Lord nArAyaNA who is present in all his
creations. I meditate to the son of vasudevA, who is all
pervasive. Let that omnipresent Lord inspire me..

%E58 Word Meanings 58;

ନାରାୟଣାୟ = to Narayana;
ଵିଦ୍ମହେ = offering;
ଵାସୁଦେଵାୟ = to Vasudeva;
ଧୀମହି = May meditate;
ତନ୍ନୋ = ?? ;
ଵିଷ୍ଣୁଃ = Vishnu;
ପ୍ରଚୋଦୟାତ୍ = inspire; kindle; urge; induce;;
Shloka 59 Vishnu

ୟସ୍ୟ ସ୍ମୃତ୍ୟା ଚ ନାମୋକ୍ତ୍ୟା ତପୋୟଜ୍ଞକ୍ରିୟାଦିଷୁ ।
ନ୍ୟୂନଂ ସମ୍ପୂର୍ଣତାଂ ୟାତି ସଦ୍ୟୋ ଵନ୍ଦେ ତମଚ୍ୟୁତମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 59
In spiritual incubation and in worshipping, by whose recollection and
by whose name-chanting whatever is partial is made complete in an
instant; to that Achyut I salute..

%E59 Word Meanings 59;

ୟସ୍ୟ = whose;
ସ୍ମୃତ୍ୟା = or Shastras;
ଚ = and;
ନାମୋକ୍ତ୍ୟା = uttering of the name;
ତପୋୟଜ୍ଞକ୍ରିୟାଦିଷୁ = in all activities fit for doing penance;
ନ୍ୟୂନଂ = deficient; a little; short of; minimum;
ସମ୍ପୂର୍ଣତାଂ = completion; perfection; conclusion;
ୟାତି = goes; attains;
ସଦ୍ୟୋ = immediately; instantly;
ଵନ୍ଦେ = I worship; bow;
ତମଚ୍ୟୁତଂ = ?? ;
Shloka 60 Vishnu

ଏକୋ ଵିଷ୍ଣୁର୍ମହଦ୍ଭୂତଂ ପୃଥଗ୍ଭୂତାନ୍ୟନେକଶଃ ।
ତ୍ରୀନ୍ଲୋକାନ୍ଵ୍ୟାପ୍ୟ ଭୂତାତ୍ମା ଭୁଙ୍କ୍ତେ ଵିଶ୍ଵଭଗଵ୍ୟୟଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 60
Lord Vishnu is the unique deity of incomparable excellence in that He
pervades the great elements of multifarious kinds and the three worlds.
He is their AtmA (antaryAmin) and their protector;
Yet He stands head and shoulders above them and not in the least
tainted by their defects. Thus He enjoys supreme bliss..

%E60 Word Meanings 60;

ଏକୋ = ?? ;
ଵିଷ୍ଣୁଃ = ?? ;
ମହଦ୍ଭୂତଂ = ?? ;
ପୃଥକ୍ = ?? ;
ଭୂତାନି = ?? ;
ଅନେକଶଃ = ?? ;
ତ୍ରୀନ୍ = ?? ;
ଲୋକାନ୍ଵ୍ୟାପ୍ୟ = ?? ;
ଭୂତାତ୍ମା = ?? ;
ଭୁଙ୍କ୍ତେ = ?? ;
ଵିଶ୍ଵଭଗଵ୍ୟୟଃ = ?? ;
Shloka 61 Krishna

କୃଷ୍ଣାୟ ଵାସୁଦେଵାୟ ଦେଵକୀ ନଂଦନାୟ ଚ ।
ନଂଦଗୋପକୁମାରାୟ ଗୋଵିଂଦାୟ ନମୋ ନମଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 61
Salutations to Lord Krishna, the son of Vasudeva and
Devaki, raised by Nandagopa, and also known as Govinda..

%E61 Word Meanings 61;

କୃଷ୍ଣାୟ = to Krishna;
ଵାସୁଦେଵାୟ = to Vasudeva;
ଦେଵକୀ = DevakI Krishna’s mother;
ନଂଦନାୟ = for the Nandana, the delighter;
ଚ = and;
ନଂଦଗୋପକୁମାରାୟ = for the son of Nandagopa Krishna;
ଗୋଵିଂଦାୟ = to govinda, the cowherd boy Krishna;
ନମୋ = bowing; salute;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 62 Krishna

ଵସୁଦେଵ ସୁତଂ ଦେଵଂ କଂସ ଚାଣୂରମର୍ଦନଂ ।
ଦେଵକୀ ପରମାନଂଦଂ କୃଷ୍ଣଂ ଵଂଦେ ଜଗଦ୍ଗୁରୁଂ ॥ ॥

Meaning 62
Salutations to Lord Krishna, who is the teacher of the universe,
son of Vasudeva, destroyer of Ka.nsa and ChANura and the
supreme bliss of (mother) DevakI..

%E62 Word Meanings 62;

ଵସୁଦେଵ = of Vasudea;
ସୁତଂ = the son;
ଦେଵଂ = God;
କଂସ = at (M.nom.) the demon Kamsa;
ଚାଣୂରମର୍ଦନଂ = the crusher or pounder of the demon chaNUra;
ଦେଵକୀ = DevakI Krishna’s mother;
ପରମାନଂଦଂ = great happiness; blisss;beautitude;
କୃଷ୍ଣଂ = Krishna;
ଵଂଦେ = I bow ; I worship;
ଜଗଦ୍ଗୁରୁଂ = the preceptor of the world;
Shloka 63 Krishna

ଆକାଶାତ୍ ପତିତଂ ତୋୟଂ ୟଥା ଗଚ୍ଛତି ସାଗରମ୍ ।
ସର୍ଵଦେଵନମସ୍କାରାନ୍ କେଶଵଂ ପ୍ରତିଗଚ୍ଛତି ॥ ॥

Meaning 63
Just as every drop of rain that falls from the sky flows into the
Ocean, in the same way all prayers offered to any Deity goes to
Lord Krishna (Bhagvan Vishnu)..

%E63 Word Meanings 63;

ଆକାଶାତ୍ = from the sky;
ପତିତଂ = the fallen one;
ତୋୟଂ = water;
ୟଥା = in which manner;
ଗଚ୍ଛତି = goes;
ସାଗରଂ = the ocean;
ସର୍ଵଦେଵନମସ୍କାରାନ୍ = the bowings for all the gods;
କେଶଵଂ = Keshava (Krishna);
ପ୍ରତିଗଚ୍ଛତି = reaches or returns;
Shloka 64 Krishna

ଆଦୌ ଦେଵକିଦେଵିଗର୍ଭଜନନଂ ଗୋପୀଗୃହେ ଵର୍ଧନମ୍
ମାୟାପୂତନଜୀଵିତାପହରଣଂ ଗୋଵର୍ଧନୋଦ୍ଧାରଣମ୍ ।
କଂସଚ୍ଛେଦନକୌରଵାଦିହନନଂ କୁଂତୀସୁତାଂ ପାଲନମ୍
ଏତଦ୍ଭାଗଵତଂ ପୁରାଣକଥିତଂ ଶ୍ରୀକୃଷ୍ଣଲୀଲାମୃତମ୍ ।
ଇତି ଶ୍ରୀଭାଗଵତସୂତ୍ର ॥ ॥

Meaning 64
Shri Krishna’s charitam in short is that he is Devaki’s son,
Gopi’s admiration, Putana’s killer, holder of Govardhan Giri,
slayer of Kansa, destroyer of Kauravas, protector of Kunti’s sons
and the central figure of Srimad Bhagavata PurAnam.

Starting with birth from the womb of Devaki, growth in the
house of cow-herds, killing of Putana, lifting of
Govardhana mountain, the cutting of Kamsa and the killing
of kauravas, protecting the sons of KuntI – This is
BhAgavataM as told in the epics. This is the nectar of Shri
Krishna’s LIlA (sport).
This is an aphorism on Srimad BhAgavataM..

%E64 Word Meanings 64;

ଆଦୌ = In the beginning;
ଦେଵକିଦେଵିଗର୍ଭଜନନଂ = the one born of the womb of god-like Devaki;
ଗୋପୀଗୃହେ = in the house of cow-herd woman;
ଵର୍ଧନଂ = the increasing or growth;
ମାୟାପୂତନଜୀଵିତାପହରଣଂ = ?? ;
ଗୋଵର୍ଧନୋଦ୍ଧାରଣଂ = the lifter of the mountain Govardhana Krishna;
କଂସଚ୍ଛେଦନକୌରଵାଦିହନନଂ = the cutting of Kamsa and the
killing of kauravas;
କୁଂତୀସୁତାଂ = sons of Kunti;
ପାଲନଂ = bringing up; rearing;
ଏତଦ୍ଭାଗଵତଂ = this one book or story relating to God;
ପୁରାଣକଥିତଂ = as told in the `purANa’;
ଶ୍ରୀକୃଷ୍ଣଲୀଲାମୃତଂ = the nectar-like story of the respectable
ଇତି = thusthus;
ଶ୍ରୀଭାଗଵତସୂତ୍ର = the story of god, Krishna in a short form;
Shloka 65 Krishna

ଶ୍ରୀକେଶଵାୟ ନମଃ । ନାରାୟଣାୟ ନମଃ । ମାଧଵାୟ ନମଃ ।
ଗୋଵିଂଦାୟ ନମଃ । ଵିଷ୍ଣଵେ ନମଃ । ମଧୁସୂଦନାୟ ନମଃ ।
ତ୍ରିଵିକ୍ରମାୟ ନମଃ । ଵାମନାୟ ନମଃ । ଶ୍ରୀଧରାୟ ନମଃ ।
ହୃଷୀକେଶାୟ ନମଃ । ପଦ୍ମନାଭାୟ ନମଃ । ଦାମୋଦରାୟ ନମଃ ।
ସଙ୍କର୍ଷଣାୟ ନମଃ । ଵାସୁଦେଵାୟ ନମଃ । ପ୍ରଦ୍ୟୁମ୍ନାୟ ନମଃ ।
ଅନିରୁଦ୍ଧାୟ ନମଃ । ପୁରୁଷୋତ୍ତମାୟ ନମଃ । ଅଧୋକ୍ଷଜାୟ ନମଃ ।
ନାରସିଂହାୟ ନମଃ । ଅଚ୍ୟୁତାୟ ନମଃ । ଜନାର୍ଦନାୟ ନମଃ ।
ଉପେନ୍ଦ୍ରାୟ ନମଃ । ହରୟେ ନମଃ । ଶ୍ରୀକୃଷ୍ଣାୟ ନମଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 65
I bow to Keshava – the one with luxuriant hair.
I bow to Narayana – the one who resides in humanity.
I bow to Madhava – the consort of MahalakShmi.
I bow to Govinda – the ptotector of cows.
I bow to Vishnu – the one who is omnipresent.
I bow to MadhusUdana – the killer of demon Madhu.
I bow to Trivikrama – whose prowess is known in all three worlds.
I bow to Vamana – the one who took the avatAr as a dwarf.
I bow to ShrIdhar – one who is Prosperity Incarnate.
I bow to HRiShIkesha – the Lord of senses.
I bow to PadmanAbha – from whose navel the lotus and world of creation
has come.
I bow to Damodara – one whose waist is immeasurable so Yashoda could
not tie it.
I bow to Sa.nkarShaNa – BalarAma – who was taken from Devaki’s womb
to Rohini’s
I bow to VAsudeva – Vasudeva’s son, one who is all pervading.
I bow to Pradyumna – one who illumines.
I bow to Aniruddha – one who is unobstructed.
I bow to PuruShottama – one who is the most superior amongst men.
I bow to AdhokShaja – one who dwwells in the nether-worlds.
I bow to Narasimha – one who took avatAr as half-man half-lion.
I bow to Achyuta – one who does not lapse.
I bow to JanArdana – the remover of the torment of people.
I bow to Upendra –
I bow to Hari –
I offer my salutations to Lord Krishna..

%E65 Word Meanings 65;

ଶ୍ରୀକେଶଵାୟ = to the respectable Keshava one with luxuriant hair;
an epithet of Vishnu and Krishna;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
ନାରାୟଣାୟ = to Narayana;
ମାଧଵାୟ = to Madhava;
ଗୋଵିଂଦାୟ = to govinda, the cowherd boy Krishna;
ଵିଷ୍ଣଵେ = to Vishnu;
ମଧୁସୂଦନାୟ = to madhusudana;
ତ୍ରିଵିକ୍ରମାୟ = to Trivikrama, lord of three worlds, Vishnu;
ଵାମନାୟ = To Vamana, Vishnu in the form a dwarf;
ଶ୍ରୀଧରାୟ = to Shridhara, Vishnu;
ହୃଷୀକେଶାୟ = to hrishikesha, the Lord of senses like hRiShIkaM
i.e.Krishna or Vishnu;
ପଦ୍ମନାଭାୟ = to Padmanabha;
ଦାମୋଦରାୟ = to Damodara;
ସଙ୍କର୍ଷଣାୟ = to sankarShaNa, an epithet of Vishnu;
ଵାସୁଦେଵାୟ = to Vasudeva;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
ପ୍ରଦ୍ୟୁମ୍ନାୟ = to pradyumna ; one who illumines;;
ଅନିରୁଦ୍ଧାୟ = to Aniruddha; a name of viShNu; also grandson of
Krishna, Pradyumna’s son;
ପୁରୁଷୋତ୍ତମାୟ = to purushottama;
ଅଧୋକ୍ଷଜାୟ = to Vishnu `adhoxaja’ is an epithet of Vishnu;
ନାରସିଂହାୟ = to Narasismha, part-lion and part-man;
ଅଚ୍ୟୁତାୟ = to achyuta;
ଜନାର୍ଦନାୟ = to Janardana, Vishnu;
ଉପେନ୍ଦ୍ରାୟ = to Upendra, Vishnu;
ହରୟେ = to Lord Hari;
ଶ୍ରୀକୃଷ୍ଣାୟ = to the respected Krishna;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 66 Krishna

ମୂକଂ କରୋତି ଵାଚାଲଂ ପଙ୍ଗୁଂ ଲଙ୍ଘୟତେ ଗିରିମ୍ ।
ୟତ୍କୃପା ତମହଂ ଵନ୍ଦେ ପରମାନନ୍ଦମାଧଵମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 66
I salute to Madhav, the supreme joy, whose grace makes a dumb person
speak or a lame get strength to climb over a mountain. %alternate
I salute that All-bliss MAdhava whose compassion makes the
mute eloquent and the cripple cross mountains..

%E66 Word Meanings 66;

ମୂକଂ = the dumb one;
କରୋତି = ?? ;
ଵାଚାଲଂ = one who is talking too much; noisy; garrulous;
ପଙ୍ଗୁଂ = lame person;
ଲଙ୍ଘୟତେ = ?? ;
ଗିରିଂ = the mountain;
ୟତ୍କୃପା = which favour; sympathy;
ତମହଂ = I as Him;
ଵନ୍ଦେ = I worship; bow;
ପରମାନନ୍ଦମାଧଵଂ = Madhava who grants the bliss;
Shloka 67 Krishna

ଏକଂ ଶାସ୍ତ୍ରଂ ଦେଵକୀପୁତ୍ରଗୀତମେକୋ
ଦେଵୋ ଦେଵକୀପୁତ୍ର ଏଵ ।
ଏକୋ ମନ୍ତ୍ରସ୍ତସ୍ୟ ନାମାନି ୟାନି
କର୍ମାପ୍ୟେକଂ ତସ୍ୟ ଦେଵସ୍ୟ ସେଵା ॥ ॥

Meaning 67
There is only one Scripture – the Gita;
There is only one God – Sri Krishna, the son of Devaki;
There is only one mantra – His name;
There is only on desirable action – His service..

%E67 Word Meanings 67;

ଏକଂ = cardinal number 1;
ଶାସ୍ତ୍ରଂ = the works or books on religion and conduct; scripture;
ଦେଵକୀପୁତ୍ରଗୀତମେକୋ = ?? ;
ଦେଵୋ = god;
ଦେଵକୀପୁତ୍ର = Devaki’s son;
ଏଵ = alone; only; here it would mean `indeed’;
ଏକୋ = cardinal number 1;
ମନ୍ତ୍ରସ୍ତସ୍ୟ = ?? ;
ନାମାନି = names;
ୟାନି = They which;
କର୍ମାପ୍ୟେକଂ = ?? ;
ତସ୍ୟ = his;
ଦେଵସ୍ୟ = god’s;
ସେଵା = service; worship; servitude;
Shloka 68 Krishna

ନମୋ ବ୍ରହ୍ମଣ୍ୟଦେଵାୟ ଗୋବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣହିତାୟ ଚ ।
ଜଗଦ୍ଧିତାୟ କୃଷ୍ଣାୟ ଗୋଵିଂଦାୟ ନମୋ ନମଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 68
Salutations to Govinda, the dark complexioned one, the God of Brahmanas,
protector of cattle and wellwisher of people..

%E68 Word Meanings 68;

ନମୋ = bowing; salute;
ବ୍ରହ୍ମଣ୍ୟଦେଵାୟ = to the Brahman-like god or godly person;
ଗୋବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣହିତାୟ = for the welfare of cows and brahmins;
ଚ = and;
ଜଗଦ୍ଧିତାୟ = for the welfare of the world;
କୃଷ୍ଣାୟ = to Krishna;
ଗୋଵିଂଦାୟ = to govinda, the cowherd boy Krishna;
ନମୋ = bowing; salute;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 69 Krishna

କରାରଵିନ୍ଦେନ ପାଦାରଵିନ୍ଦଂ ମୁଖାରଵିନ୍ଦେ ଵିନିଵେଶୟନ୍ତଂ ।
ଵଟସ୍ୟ ପତ୍ରସ୍ୟ ପୁଟେ ଶୟାନଂ ବାଲଂ ମୁକୁନ୍ଦଂ ମନସା ସ୍ମରାମି ॥ ॥

Meaning 69
With the lotus-like hand, placing the lotus-like toes, in the lotus-like
mouth, reclining on the banyan leaf – that young Mukunda, I meditate

%E69 Word Meanings 69;

କରାରଵିନ୍ଦେନ = by the lotus like hand;
ପାଦାରଵିନ୍ଦଂ = the lotus feet;
ମୁଖାରଵିନ୍ଦେ = in the lotus-like mouth or face;
ଵିନିଵେଶୟନ୍ତଂ = the one placing;
ଵଟସ୍ୟ = the Banyan tree’s;
ପତ୍ରସ୍ୟ = of the leaf or epistle;
ପୁଟେ = dual nom. of `puTaM’ or locative of `puTaH’ and `puTaM’;
ଶୟାନଂ = one who is sleeping or lying on the bed;
ବାଲଂ = the child;
ମୁକୁନ୍ଦଂ = Mukunda;
ମନସା = through the mind;
ସ୍ମରାମି = I remember;
Shloka 70 Krishna

ଭଜଗୋଵିନ୍ଦଂ ଭଜଗୋଵିନ୍ଦଂ
ଗୋଵିନ୍ଦଂ ଭଜମୂଢମତେ ।
ସମ୍ପ୍ରାପ୍ତେ ସନ୍ନିହିତେ କାଲେ
ନହି ନହି ରକ୍ଷତି ଡୁକୃଙ୍କରଣେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 70
Worship Govinda, worship Govinda, worship Govinda, Oh fool !
Rules of grammar will not save you at the time of your death..

%E70 Word Meanings 70;

ଭଜଗୋଵିନ୍ଦଂ = Do worship the Govinda;
ଭଜଗୋଵିନ୍ଦଂ = Do worship the Govinda;
ଗୋଵିନ୍ଦଂ = the lord Govinda, the cowherd boy;
ଭଜମୂଢମତେ = Oh foolish mind! worship;
ସମ୍ପ୍ରାପ୍ତେ = having reached or obtained;
ସନ୍ନିହିତେ = very near; in the near side;
କାଲେ = in time;
ନହି = no; not;
ନହି = no; not;
ରକ୍ଷତି = protects; saves;
ଡୁକୃଙ୍କରଣେ = A Samskrit grammatical formula of Panini;
Shloka 71 Krishna

ସୁଖାଵସାନେ ତ୍ଵିଦମେଵ ସାରଂ ଦୁଃଖାଵସାନେ ତ୍ଵିଦମେଵ ଗେୟମ୍ ।
ଦେହାଵସାନେ ତ୍ଵିଦମେଵ ଜପ୍ୟଂ ଗୋଵିଂଦ ଦାମୋଦର ମାଧଵେତି ॥ ॥

Meaning 71
This the essence and ultimate of happiness;
this is what one would chant at the height of grief;
and gOvinda! dAmOdara! mAdhava!
this is what one would utter when departing from hither..

%E71 Word Meanings 71;

ସୁଖାଵସାନେ = at the end of happiness;
ତ୍ଵିଦମେଵ = this alone or this only;
ସାରଂ = the essence;
ଦୁଃଖାଵସାନେ = at the end of sorrow;
ତ୍ଵିଦମେଵ = this alone or this only;
ଗେୟଂ = that which should be sung;
ଦେହାଵସାନେ = at the end of the body i.e. at the time of death;
ତ୍ଵିଦମେଵ = this alone or this only;
ଜପ୍ୟଂ = to be uttered;
ଗୋଵିଂଦ = A name of kRiShNa, Govinda, the cowherd boy;
ଦାମୋଦର = at (literally a person with a string around his bellly)
One of the names of KriShNa;
ମାଧଵେତି = ?? ;
.. ..;
Shloka 72 Krishna

କସ୍ତୂରୀତିଲକଂ ଲଲାଟଫଲକେ ଵକ୍ଷସ୍ଥଲେ କୌସ୍ତୁଭଂ
ନାସାଗ୍ରେ ନଵମୌକ୍ତିକଂ କରତଲେ ଵେଣୁଂ କରେ କଙ୍କଣମ୍ ।
ସର୍ଵାଙ୍ଗେ ହରିଚଂଦନଂ ଚ କଲ୍ୟାଣ କଣ୍ଠେଚ ମୁକ୍ତାଵଲିନ୍
ଗୋପସ୍ତ୍ରୀ ପରିଵେଷ୍ଟିତୋ ଵିଜୟତେ ଗୋପାଲ ଚୂଡାମଣି ॥ ॥

Meaning 72
With the fragrant kasturi-mark on the forehead, the precious Kaustubha
gem on the chest, the lovely pearl-jewel at the nose tip,
the flute in the palm and the kankan (bangle) encircling the hand, the scented
sandalwood paste all over the body, the pearl-necklace around the
beautifid neck, surrounded by milk-maids – may victory be yours, 0 crown
gem of Gopalas..

%E72 Word Meanings 72;

କସ୍ତୂରୀତିଲକଂ = forehead mark made by Kasturi fragrance supposed
to be originated in Deer’s navel;
ଲଲାଟଫଲକେ = ?? ;
ଵକ୍ଷସ୍ଥଲେ = on the chest;
କୌସ୍ତୁଭଂ = the gem Kaustubha found during churning of ocean by Devas and Asuras;
ନାସାଗ୍ରେ = at the tip of the nose;
ନଵମୌକ୍ତିକଂ = the like the new pearl;
କରତଲେ = in the palm of the hand;
ଵେଣୁଂ = the flute;
କରେ = in the hand;
କଙ୍କଣଂ = a bracelet;
ସର୍ଵାଙ୍ଗେ = in all parts of the body;
ହରିଚଂଦନଂ = sandalpaste;
ଚ = and;
କଲ୍ୟାଣ = happy; beautiful; auspices; prosperous; good, etc.;
କଣ୍ଠ = throat;
ମୁକ୍ତାଵଲିନ୍ = ?? ;
ଗୋପସ୍ତ୍ରୀ = the cow-herd woman;
ପରିଵେଷ୍ଟିତୋ = surrounded, wrapped with clothes;
ଵିଜୟତେ = wins; becomes victorious;
ଗୋପାଲ = at (M.nom.) the protector of cow; refers to lord Krishna;
ଚୂଡାମଣି = at (M.nom.) the head or crest-jewel;
Shloka 73 Krishna

କୃଷ୍ଣାୟ ଵାସୁଦେଵାୟ ହରୟେ ପରମାତ୍ମନେ ।
ପ୍ରଣତ କ୍ଲେଶ ନାଶାୟ ଗୋଵିନ୍ଦାୟ ନମୋ ନମଃ ।
ଓଂ କ୍ଲୀଂ କୃଷ୍ଣାୟ ନମଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 73
Adorations to Lord Krishna, who is the son of Vasudeva, who is
Lord hari (destroyer of ignorance), who is the Supreme Divinity!
I have taken refuge in Him. May he destroy all the afflictions
(miseries) of life. My adorations to Govinda (Krishna) again and

%E73 Word Meanings 73;

କୃଷ୍ଣାୟ = to Krishna;
ଵାସୁଦେଵାୟ = to Vasudeva;
ହରୟେ = to Lord Hari;
ପରମାତ୍ମନେ = to the Universal Soul;
ପ୍ରଣତ = at (M.nom.) one who has bowed;
କ୍ଲେଶ = ?? ;
ନାଶାୟ = for destruction;
ଗୋଵିନ୍ଦାୟ = to Govinda, the cowherd boy, Krishna;
ନମୋ = bowing; salute;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
ଓଂ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
କ୍ଲୀଂ = ?? ;
କୃଷ୍ଣାୟ = to Krishna;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 74 Ram

ଆଦୌ ରାମତପୋଵନାଦିଗମନଂ ହତ୍ଵା ମୃଗଂ କାଞ୍ଚନମ୍
ଵୈଦେହୀହରଣଂ ଜଟାୟୁମରଣମ୍ ସୁଗ୍ରୀଵସଂଭାଷଣମ୍ ।
ଵାଲୀନିର୍ଦଲନଂ ସମୁଦ୍ରତରଣଂ ଲଙ୍କାପୁରୀଦାହନମ୍
ପଶ୍ଚାଦ୍ରାଵଣକୁମ୍ଭକର୍ଣହନନଂ ଏତଦ୍ଧିରାମାୟଣମ୍ ।
ଇତି ଶ୍ରୀରାମାୟଣସୂତ୍ର ॥ ॥

Meaning 74
In the beginning, starting with Rama’s forest-exile,
killing of the golden deer, abduction of Sita Devi,
death of JatAyu, frienship with SugrIva, killing of
VAli, crossing of the ocean, burning of LankA and after
that killing of RavaNa and KumbhakarNa – this is the story
(aphorism) of Ramayana..

%E74 Word Meanings 74;

ଆଦୌ = In the beginning;
ରାମତପୋଵନାଦିଗମନଂ = beginning wIth Rama’s forest-exile;
ହତ୍ଵା = having killed;
ମୃଗଂ = deer;
କାଞ୍ଚନଂ = gold;
ଵୈଦେହୀହରଣଂ = the abduction of Vaidehi;
ଜଟାୟୁମରଣଂ = the death of Jatayu;
ସୁଗ୍ରୀଵସଂଭାଷଣଂ = the conversation with Sugriva;
ଵାଲୀନିର୍ଦଲନଂ = Rama, destroyer of Vali;
ସମୁଦ୍ରତରଣଂ = crossing of the ocean;
ଲଙ୍କାପୁରୀ = Lanka;
ଦାହନଂ = burning;
ପଃ = Air; wind; leaf; egg;
ଚାଦ୍ରାଵଣକୁମ୍ଭକର୍ଣହନନଂ = the killing of RavaNa and KumbhakarNa;
ଏତଦ୍ଧିରାମାୟଣଂ = this is the Ramayana;
ଇତି = thus;
ଶ୍ରୀରାମାୟଣସୂତ୍ର = the venerable Ramayana story in a short aphorism;
Shloka 75 Ram

ଧ୍ୟାୟେଦାଜାନୁବାହୁଂ ଧୃତଶରଧନୁଷଂ ବଦ୍ଧପଦ୍ମାସନସ୍ଥମ୍ ।
ପୀତଂ ଵାସୋ ଵସାନଂ ନଵକମଲଦଲସ୍ପର୍ଧିନେତ୍ରଂ ପ୍ରସନ୍ନମ୍ ।
ଵାମାଙ୍କାରୂଢ ସୀତାମୁଖକମଲମିଲଲ୍ଲୋଚନଂ ନୀରଦାଭମ୍ ।
ନାନାଲଙ୍କାରଦୀପ୍ତଂ ଦଧତମୁରୁଜଟାମଁଡନଂ ରାମଚଂଦ୍ରମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 75
Salutations to one with long arms, with weapons, sitting on
the lotus seat, dressed in yellow cloth, eyes are like lotus
petals just open, pleasing, on whose left lap Sitadevi is
sitting, whose face resembles a lotus.

May we meditate on the pleasing countenance of dark cloud complexioned
Shri Ram wearing yellow clothes, seated in lotus posture, bearing bow
and arrows, with arms extending below his knees, adorned by various
decorations and a ‘jaTA’ on his head, with eyes like newly blossomed
lotus petals submerged in the eyes of of the lotus-faced Sita seated on
his left-side..

%E75 Word Meanings 75;

ଧ୍ୟାୟେଦାଜାନୁବାହୁଂ = May we meditate on the long-armed Ram;
ଧୃତଶରଧନୁଷଂ = the bow-bearing one;
ବଦ୍ଧପଦ୍ମାସନସ୍ଥଂ = one who is in the lotus-like sitting posture;
one of the Yogasana postures;
ପୀତଂ = yellow;
ଵାସୋ = abode; dwelling; living; perfume;
ଵସାନଂ = the one wearing a dress;
ନଵକମଲଦଲସ୍ପର୍ଧିନେତ୍ରଂ = the one with eyes rivalling newly blossomed lotus petals;
ପ୍ରସନ୍ନଂ = the pleased one;
ଵାମାଙ୍କାରୂଢ = one who is seated on to the left side;
ସୀତାମୁଖକମଲମିଲଲ୍ଲୋଚନଂ = the one with the eyes meeting the
lotus-like face of Sita;
ନୀରଦ = cloud;
ଆଭଂ = one resembling in light or appearance;
ନାନାଲଙ୍କାରଦୀପ୍ତଂ = one resplendent with many ornaments and decorations;
ଦଧତମୁରୁଜଟାମଁଡନଂ = bearing or holding great tufts or knotted hair as ornament;
ରାମଚଂଦ୍ରଂ = the moon-like Rama;
Shloka 76 Ram

ରାମଂ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ମଣପୂର୍ଵଜଂ ରଘୁଵରଂ ସୀତାପତିଂ ସୁଂଦରମ୍ ।
କାକୁତ୍ସ୍ଥଂ କରୁଣାର୍ଣଵଂ ଗୁଣନିଧିଂ ଵିପ୍ରପ୍ରିୟଂ ଧାର୍ମିକମ୍ ।
ରାଜେଂଦ୍ରଂ ସତ୍ୟସଂଧଂ ଦଶରଥତନୟଂ ଶ୍ୟାମଲଂ ଶାଂତମୂର୍ତିମ୍ ।
ଵଂଦେ ଲୋକାଭିରାମଂ ରଘୁକୁଲତିଲକଂ ରାଘଵଂ ରାଵଣାରିମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 76
I salute that Rama who is handsome, the elder brother of Laxmana, the
husband of Sita and the best of the scions of the Raghu race, Him who is
the ocean of compassion, the stockpile of virtues, the beloved of the
Brahmans and the protector of Dharma, Him who is the practiser of the
Truth, the lord emperor of kings, the son of Dasaratha, dark-complexioned and
the personification of Peace and tranquillity, Him who is the enemy of
Ravana, the crown jewel of the Raghu dynaty and the cynosure of all eyes..

%E76 Word Meanings 76;

ରାମଂ = Rama;
ଲକ୍ଷ୍ମଣପୂର୍ଵଜଂ = ?? ;
ରଘୁଵରଂ = the best of the Raghu race;
ସୀତାପତିଂ = the lord or husband of sita i.e. Rama;
ସୁଂଦରଂ = the beautiful one;
କାକୁତ୍ସ୍ଥଂ = Rama literally one who is standing on the hump of a bull;
କରୁଣାର୍ଣଵଂ = ocean of mercy;
ଗୁଣନିଧିଂ = the reservoir or repository of good qualities;
ଵିପ୍ରପ୍ରିୟଂ = the dear Brahmin;
ଧାର୍ମିକଂ = relating to Dharma, religion or good conduct;
ରାଜେଂଦ୍ରଂ = King of kings;
ସତ୍ୟସଂଧଂ = the man who is bound to be truthful;
ଦଶରଥତନୟଂ = the son of Dasaratha;
ଶ୍ୟାମଲଂ = the dark complexioned one;
ଶାଂତମୂର୍ତିଂ = peace or serenity personified ; embodiment of tranquility.;
ଵଂଦେ = I bow ; I worship;
ଲୋକାଭିରାମଂ = ?? ;
ରଘୁକୁଲତିଲକଂ = the mark on forehead or jewel of the Raghu dynasty;
ରାଘଵଂ = Raghava, Rama;
ରାଵଣାରିଂ = the enemy of Ravana;
Shloka 77 Ram

ରାମାୟ ରାମଭଦ୍ରାୟ ରାମଚଂଦ୍ରାୟ ଵେଧସେ ।
ରଘୁନାଥାୟ ନାଥାୟ ସୀତାୟାଃ ପତୟେ ନମଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 77
I salute that Rama who is auspicious, benevolent and cool as moon,
and77 Word Meanings 77;

ରାମାୟ = to Rama;
ରାମଭଦ୍ରାୟ = to Rama the auspicious;
ରାମଚଂଦ୍ରାୟ = to the moonlike Rama;
ଵେଧସେ = to Brahma;
ରଘୁନାଥାୟ = to the lord or leader of the Raghu’s;
ନାଥାୟ = for the lord or husband;
ସୀତାୟାଃ = Sita’s;
ପତୟେ = to the husband or chief or lord;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 78 Ram

ଶ୍ରୀରାମଚଂଦ୍ରଚରଣୌ ମନସା ସ୍ମରାମି ।
ଶ୍ରୀରାମଚଂଦ୍ରଚରଣୌ ଵଚସା ଗୃଣାମି ।
ଶ୍ରୀରାମଚଂଦ୍ରଚରଣୌ ଶିରସା ନମାମି ।
ଶ୍ରୀରାମଚଂଦ୍ରଚରଣୌ ଶରଣଂ ପ୍ରପଦ୍ୟେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 78
I worship Rama’s feet remembering him with mind, praising with
speech, bowing with head, and completely surrendering unto him..

%E78 Word Meanings 78;

ଶ୍ରୀରାମଚଂଦ୍ରଚରଣୌ = at the feet of the venerable Ramachandra;
ମନସା = through the mind;
ସ୍ମରାମି = I remember;
ଶ୍ରୀରାମଚଂଦ୍ରଚରଣୌ = at the feet of the venerable Ramachandra;
ଵଚସା = through words;
ଗୃଣାମି = ?? ;
ଶ୍ରୀରାମଚଂଦ୍ରଚରଣୌ = at the feet of the venerable Ramachandra;
ଶିରସା = by the head;
ନମାମି = I bow; salute; pay my respects;
ଶ୍ରୀରାମଚଂଦ୍ରଚରଣୌ = at the feet of the venerable Ramachandra;
ଶରଣଂ = seeking refuge or surrender;
ପ୍ରପଦ୍ୟେ = I sing; worship;
Shloka 79 Ram

ଦକ୍ଷିଣେ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ମଣୋ ୟସ୍ୟ ଵାମେ ତୁ ଜନକାତ୍ମଜା ।
ପୁରତୋ ମାରୁତିର୍ୟସ୍ୟ ତଂ ଵଂଦେ ରଘୁନଂଦନମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 79
I salute that Rama who is surrounded by Laxmana on the right, Sita on the
left and Hanuman in the front..

%E79 Word Meanings 79;

ଦକ୍ଷିଣେ = in the southern direction also denotes the right side or an able person;
ଲକ୍ଷ୍ମଣ = Laxman;
ୟସ୍ୟ = whose;
ଵାମେ = on the left side;
ତୁ = but; on the other hand;
ଜନକ = at (M.nom.) father; also refers to the sage of that name
whose daughter was Sita;
ଆତ୍ମଜା = born of oneself, refers to one’s daughter;
ପୁରତୋ = on the front side;
ମାରୁତିଃ = Lord Hanuman;
ୟସ୍ୟ = whose;
ତଂ = him;
ଵଂଦେ = I bow ; I worship;
ରଘୁନଂଦନଂ = the delighter of the Raghu race;
Shloka 80 Ram

ଲୋକାଭିରାମଂ ରଣରଙ୍ଗଧୀରମ୍ ।
ରାଜୀଵନେତ୍ରଂ ରଘୁଵଂଶନାଥମ୍ ।
କାରୁଣ୍ୟରୂପଂ କରୁଣାକରଂ ତମ୍ ।
ଶ୍ରୀରାମଚଂଦ୍ରମ୍ ଶରଣଂ ପ୍ରପଦ୍ୟେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 80
I take refuge in that Rama who is quite pleasing to the sight, the master of
the stage of war, lotus-eyed, lord of the Raghu race and compassion-

%E80 Word Meanings 80;

ଲୋକାଭିରାମଂ = ?? ;
ରଣରଙ୍ଗଧୀରଂ = the brave at the war stage;
ରାଜୀଵନେତ୍ରଂ = having lotus-like eyes;
ରଘୁଵଂଶନାଥଂ = the leader or chief of the Raghu dynasty;
କାରୁଣ୍ୟରୂପଂ = one who has taken the form of compassion or mercy;
କରୁଣାକରଂ = bestower of mercy;
ତଂ = him;
ଶ୍ରୀରାମଚଂଦ୍ରଂ = Shri Ramachandra;
ଶରଣଂ = seeking refuge or surrender;
ପ୍ରପଦ୍ୟେ = I sing; worship;
Shloka 81 Ram

ରାମୋ ରାଜମଣିଃ ସଦା ଵିଜୟତେ ରାମଂ ରମେଶଂ ଭଜେ ।
ରାମେଣାଭିହତା ନିଶାଚରଚମୂ ରାମାୟ ତସ୍ମୈ ନମଃ ।
ରାମାନ୍ନାସ୍ତି ପରାୟଣଂ ପରତରଂ ରାମସ୍ୟ ଦାସୋସ୍ମ୍ୟହମ୍ ।
ରାମେ ଚିତ୍ତଲୟଃ ସଦା ଭଵତୁ ମେ ଭୋ ରାମ ମାମୁଦ୍ଧର ॥ ॥

Meaning 81
Rama, the jewel among the kings, is ever victorious, Him I worship, by Him
the demons have been destroyed, to him is said my prayer, beyond Him there
is nothing to be worshipped, His servant I am, my mind is totally absorbed
in Him, O Ram, please liberate me..

%E81 Word Meanings 81;

ରାମୋ = Rama;
ରାଜମଣିଃ = jewel among kings;
ସଦା = always; ever;
ଵିଜୟତେ = wins; becomes victorious;
ରାମଂ = Rama;
ରମେଶଂ = the lord of ramA, Shiva;
ଭଜେ = I worship;
ରାମେଣାଭିହତା = those struck by Rama;
ନିଶାଚରଚମୂ = army of demons active in night;
ରାମାୟ = to Rama;
ତସ୍ମୈ = to him;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
ରାମାନ୍ନାସ୍ତି = ?? ;
ପରାୟଣଂ = exceeding;
ପରତରଂ = better than the other;
ରାମସ୍ୟ = Rama’s;
ଦାସୋସ୍ମ୍ୟହଂ = I am the servant;
ରାମେ = Oh! rAmA!;
ଚିତ୍ତଲୟଃ = the place where the consciousness finds interest or
one whose mind is absorbed in something;
ସଦା = always; ever;
ଭଵତୁ = Let or may it be so; let or may it happen.;
ମେ = to me or my;
ଭୋ = at (indec.voc.) (respectable form of greeting) Sir;
ରାମ = Oh! Rama;
ମାମୁଦ୍ଧର = ?? ;
Shloka 82 Ram

ସୀତାସମାରୋପିତଵାମଭାଗମ୍ ।
ପାଣୌ ମହାସାୟକଚାରୁଚାପଂ
ନମାମି ରାମଂ ରଘୁଵଂଶନାଥମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 82
He whose soft body is like a dark lotus;
On whose left Sita is seated;
In whose hands is the great bow and arrow;
To that protector of Raghu dynasty I offer my salutations!.

%E82 Word Meanings 82;

ନୀଲାଂବୁଜଶ୍ୟାମଲକୋମଲାଙ୍ଗଂ = the one having the body resembling blue black lotus;
ସୀତାସମାରୋପିତଵାମଭାଗଂ = the one with the left side on which SIta is seated i.e. Rama;
ପାଣୌ = in the hand;
ମହାସାୟକଚାରୁଚାପଂ = he having great arrows and charming bow;
ନମାମି = I bow; salute; pay my respects;
ରାମଂ = Rama;
ରଘୁଵଂଶନାଥଂ = the leader or chief of the Raghu dynasty;
Shloka 83 Ram

ଶାଂତଂ ଶାଶ୍ଵତମପ୍ରମେୟମନଵଂ ନିର୍ଵାଣଶାନ୍ତିପ୍ରଦଂ
ବ୍ରହ୍ମାଶମ୍ଭୁଫଣୀନ୍ଦ୍ରସେଵ୍ୟମନିଶଂ ଵେଦାନ୍ତଵେଦ୍ୟଂ ଵିଭୁମ୍ ।
ରାମାଖ୍ୟଂ ଜଗଦୀଶ୍ଵରଂ ସୁରଗୁରୁଂ ମାୟାମନୁଷ୍ୟଂ ହରିଂ
ଵନ୍ଦେଽହଂ କରୁଣାକରଂ ରଘୁଵରଂ ଭୂପାଲଚୂଡାମଣିମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 83
I adore the Lord of the universe bearing the name of Rama, the chief of Raghu’s line
and the crest-jewel of kings, the mine of compassion, the dispeller of all sins,
appearing in human form through Maya, the greatest of all gods, knowable through Vadanta,
constantly worshipped by Brahma, Shambhu and SheSha, the bestower of supreme peace in
the form of final beatitude, placid, eternal, beyond the ordinary means of cognition,
sinless and all-pervading..

%E83 Word Meanings 83;

ଶାଂତଂ = one who is complacent, equipoised or tranquil or at peace;
ଶାଶ୍ଵତମପ୍ରମେୟମନଵଂ = Permanent, immeasurable and ancient i.e not-new;
ନିର୍ଵାଣଶାନ୍ତିପ୍ରଦଂ = ?? ;
ବ୍ରହ୍ମାଶମ୍ଭୁଫଣୀନ୍ଦ୍ରସେଵ୍ୟମନିଶଂ = the Lord who has no night and
who is being served by Brahma, Shiva and the King of snakes AdisheSha;
ଵେଦାନ୍ତଵେଦ୍ୟଂ = the one knowable through the Veda’s;
ଵିଭୁଂ = ether; space; time; supreme ruler; god;
ରାମାଖ୍ୟଂ = said to be or known as Rama;
ଜଗଦୀଶ୍ଵରଂ = the lord of the world;
ସୁରଗୁରୁଂ = the preseptor of the gods i.e.Brihaspati;
ମାୟାମନୁଷ୍ୟଂ = ?? ;
ହରିଂ = Lord Hari;
ଵନ୍ଦେଽହଂ = I worship;
କରୁଣାକରଂ = bestower of mercy;
ରଘୁଵରଂ = the best of the Raghu race;
ଭୂପାଲଚୂଡାମଣିଂ = the one who is the Protector of the earth and
also who is like the crest-jewel;
Shloka 84 Ram

ଵନ୍ଦେ ରାମଂ ସଚ୍ଚିଦାନନ୍ଦଂ ଵନ୍ଦେ ରାମଂ ସଚ୍ଚିଦାନନ୍ଦମ୍ ।
ଶରଣାଗତ ଜନପାଲକ ଶରଣଂ ଵିଘ୍ନହରଂ ସୁଖଶାନ୍ତିଃ କରଣମ୍ ।
ପରଂ ପଦଂ ମଙ୍ଗଲ ଅରଵିଂଦଂ ଵନ୍ଦେ ରାମଂ ସଚ୍ଚିଦାନନ୍ଦମ୍ ।
ପରଂ ପାଵନଂ ପ୍ରିୟତଂ ରୂପଂ ପରମେଶଂ ଶୁଭ ଶକ୍ତି ସ୍ଵରୂପମ୍ ।
ସର୍ଵାଧାରଂ ମହା ସୁଖ କଂଦଂ ଵନ୍ଦେ ରାମଂ ସଚ୍ଚିଦାନନ୍ଦମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 84
I salute Ram — the absolute Truth-Consiousness-Joy,
I salute Ram — the absolute Truth-Consiousness-Joy;
Protector of the ones who take refuge in Him;
Whose refuge is destroyer of all obstacles and giver of happiness and
peace; Whose form is attractive and purifying;
Who is the Supreme Lord in the form of auspicious power;
The basis and root of great happiness;
I salute Ram — the absolute Truth-Consiousness-Joy..

%E84 Word Meanings 84;

ଵନ୍ଦେ = I worship; bow;
ରାମଂ = Rama;
ସଚ୍ଚିଦାନନ୍ଦଂ = the triple quality of Brahman.;
ଵନ୍ଦେ = I worship; bow;
ରାମଂ = Rama;
ସଚ୍ଚିଦାନନ୍ଦଂ = the triple quality of Brahman.;
ଶରଣାଗତ = having come to seek refuge or surrender;
ଜନ = at (M.nom.) a living being; man or woman;
ପାଲକ = at (M.nom.) the protector; king;
ଶରଣଂ = seeking refuge or surrender;
ଵିଘ୍ନହରଂ = the one who removes all hurdles or obstacles;
ସୁଖ = happiness;
ଶାନ୍ତିଃ = Peace; tranquility;
କରଣଂ = a sense organ; also making; doing, etc.;
ପରଂ = supreme; great; the ultimate;
ପଦଂ = step ; leg; word;
ମଙ୍ଗଲ = at (N) auspiciousness; welfare; well-being; good things;
ଅରଵିଂଦଂ = lotus;
ଵନ୍ଦେ = I worship; bow;
ରାମଂ = Rama;
ସଚ୍ଚିଦାନନ୍ଦଂ = the triple quality of Brahman.;
ପରଂ = supreme; great; the ultimate;
ପାଵନଂ = pure;
ପ୍ରିୟତଂ = lovable;
ରୂପଂ = form; figure; appearance; personality;
ପରମେଶଂ = great lord or god,;
ଶୁଭ = auspicious; propitious;
ଶକ୍ତି = energy; power; strength; goddess Parvati;
ସ୍ଵରୂପଂ = one’s own form;
ସର୍ଵାଧାରଂ = the basis or support of all;
ମହା = big; large;
ସୁଖ = happyness;
କଂଦଂ = a bulb kind of root;
ଵନ୍ଦେ = I worship; bow;
ରାମଂ = Rama;
ସଚ୍ଚିଦାନନ୍ଦଂ = the triple quality of Brahman.;
Shloka 85 Ram

ଶ୍ରୀରାମ ସୀତାଵର ରାଘଵେତି
ହେ କୌଶଲେଶାତ୍ମଜନାୟକେତି ।
ଶ୍ରୀରାମ ଜୟରାମ ଜୟ ଜୟ ଦୟାଲୁ
ଶ୍ରୀରାମ ଜୟ ରାମ ଜୟ ଜୟ କୃପାଲୁ ॥ ॥

Meaning 85
Oh! Sri Ram of the Raghu dynasty, the one chosen by Sita,
the son of Kaushalya; victory of Sri Ram, victory to kind Ram,
victory to Sri Rama, victory to the grace-giver Ram..

%E85 Word Meanings 85;

ଶ୍ରୀରାମ = Oh! venerable Rama;
ସୀତାଵର = husband of Sita;
ରାଘଵେତି = ?? ;
ହେ = vocative for addressing a male;
କୌଶଲେଶ = ?? ;
ଆତ୍ମଜନାୟକେତି = ?? ;
ଶ୍ରୀରାମ = Oh! venerable Rama;
ଜୟରାମ = Oh! the victorious Rama;
ଜୟ = at (M.nom.) victory;
ଜୟ = at (M.nom.) victory;
ଦୟାଲୁ = kind; compassionate;
ଶ୍ରୀରାମ = Oh! venerable Rama;
ଜୟ = at (M.nom.) victory;
ରାମ = Oh! Rama;
ଜୟ = at (M.nom.) victory;
ଜୟ = at (M.nom.) victory;
କୃପାଲୁ = one who is merciful or sympathetic;
Shloka 86 Ram

ରାମ ରାମେତି ରାମେତି ରମେ ରାମେ ମନୋରମେ ।
ସହ୍ସ୍ରନାମ ତତ୍ତୁଲ୍ୟଂ ରାମ ନାମ ଵରାନନେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 86
(Lord Shankar tells ParvatI ) O fair-faced one! Uttering ‘RAma’ once
is equal to saying ‘viShNusahasranAm’ (or any other ‘name’ of God a
thousand times). (That is the reason that) I am always saying ‘RAma,
RAma, RAma’ and meditating on the mind-pleasing name ‘RAma’..

%E86 Word Meanings 86;

ରାମ = Oh! Rama;
ଇତି = thus;
ରମେ = Oh! ramA!;
ରାମେ = Oh! rAmA!;
ମନୋରମେ = mind-pleasing ;
ସହ୍ସ୍ରନାମ = 1000 named;
ତତ୍ତୁଲ୍ୟଂ = the one equal to that;
ରାମ = Oh! Rama;
ନାମ = namename;
ଵରାନନେ = Oh! the one with a beautiful face;
Shloka 87 Ram

ଵୈଦେହୀସହିତଂ ସୁରଦ୍ରୁମତଲେ ହେମେ ମହାମଣ୍ଡପେ
ମଧ୍ୟେ ପୁଷ୍ପକମାସନେ ମଣିମୟେ ଵୀରାସନେ ସୁସ୍ଥିତମ୍ ।
ଅଗ୍ରେ ଵାଚୟତି ପ୍ରଭଞ୍ଜନସୁତେ ତତ୍ତ୍ଵଂ ମୁନିଭ୍ୟଃ ପରଂ
ଵ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟାନ୍ତଂ ଭରତାଦିଭିଃ ପରିଵୃତଂ ରାମଂ ଭଜେ ଶ୍ୟାମଲମ୍ ॥ ॥

ଵାମେ ଭୂମିସୁତା ପୁରଶ୍ଚ ହନୁମାନ୍ ପଶ୍ଚାତ୍ ସୁମିତ୍ରାସୁତଃ
ଶତ୍ରୁଘ୍ନୋ ଭରତଶ୍ଚ ପାର୍ଶ୍ଵଦଲୟୋ ଵାୟ୍ଵାଧିକୋଣେଷୁ ଚ ।
ସୁଗ୍ରୀଵଶ୍ଚ ଵିଭୀଷଣଶ୍ଚ ୟୁଵରାଜ୍ ତାରାସୁତୋ ଜାମ୍ବଵାନ୍
ମଧ୍ୟେ ନୀଲ ସରୋଜ କୋମଲରୁଚିଂ ରାମଂ ଭଜେ ଶ୍ୟାମଲମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 87
I sing in praise of that dark – grey – complexioned Rama who
accompanied by Vaidehi under the divine Kalpaka tree in the golden
auditorium is gracefully seated on this centrally situated gem-
studded and majestically architected Pushpah with Hanuman in the fore
expostulating the highest philosophy with the Rishis offering explanation
thereon and surrounded by Bharata and others.

The beautiful pattAbhishekam scene, where RAma is surrounded by
family and devotees is described with affection. The great Raghuveeran
is seated in veerAsanam and is like a beautiful blue lotus in hue. HanumAn
is holding His lotus feet in front of the throne. SitA devi is seated
on His left side.
LaxmaNa stands behind and holds the umbrella as a royal insignia.
Bharatha and Satrugna are at two corners.
Sri RAma is seated in the midst of his retinue (parivAram ) of
fellow soldiers, Sugreevan, VibhishaNan, prince Angathan, son of TArA
and the great bear JAmbhavAn. The blue effulgence in the middle of all
of them is the object of our meditation as we begin our salutation to Shri Rama..

%E87 Word Meanings 87;

ଵୈଦେହୀସହିତଂ = the one with VAidehi or Sita;
ସୁରଦ୍ରୁମତଲେ = under the heavenly tree;
ହେମେ = Hema the golden one;
ମହାମଣ୍ଡପେ = in the great Hall;
ମଧ୍ୟେ = in the midddle;
ପୁଷ୍ପକମାସନେ = in the seat of `pushpaka’ plane;
ମଣିମୟେ = Oh! full of gems;
ଵୀରାସନେ = in a Yogic Asana posture called Virasana or in a kingly seat;
ସୁସ୍ଥିତଂ = well-positioned; well-established;
ଅଗ୍ରେ = in the front or first placein front of;
ଵାଚୟତି = causes to be read;
ପ୍ରଭଞ୍ଜନସୁତେ = Oh! daughter of Prabhanjana, shatterer or destroyer;
ତତ୍ତ୍ଵଂ = that thou;
ମୁନିଭ୍ୟଃ = for or from the sages;
ପରଂ = supreme; great; the ultimae;
ଵ୍ୟାଖ୍ୟାନ୍ତଂ = the end of the discourse or explanation;
ଭରତାଦିଭିଃ = By Bharata and others literally beginning with Bharata;
ପରିଵୃତଂ = the surrounded;
ରାମଂ = Rama;
ଭଜେ = I worship;
ଶ୍ୟାମଲଂ = the dark complexioned one;
ଵାମେ = on the left side;
ଭୂମିସୁତା = the daughter of the Earth, Sita;
ପୁରଃ = fortified town; city; also refers to human body;
ଚ = and;
ହନୁମାନ = of Hanuman;
ପଃ = Air; wind; leaf; egg;
ଚାତ୍ = ?? ;
ସୁମିତ୍ରାସୁତଃ = the son of Sumitra i.e. LakShmana;
ଶତ୍ରୁଘ୍ନୋ = a brother of Rama by that name; lit:the slayer of enemies;
ଭରତଃ = Bharata;
ଚ = and;
ପାର୍ଶ୍ଵଦଲୟୋ = at On both sides;
ଵାୟ୍ଵାଧିକୋଣେଷୁ = vayu and others in the corners;
ଚ = and;
ସୁଗ୍ରୀଵଃ = the chief of the monkeys who helped Rama;
ଚ = and;
ଵିଭୀଷଣଃ = Vibishana, a younger brother of Ravana;
ଚ = and;
ୟୁଵରାଜ୍ = prince regent;
ତାରାସୁତୋ = the son of Tara refers to Angada;
ଜାମ୍ବଵାନ୍ = a chieftain of bears an important character in the Ramayana;
ମଧ୍ୟେ = in the midddle;
ନୀଲ = blue stone or gem;
ସରୋଜ = lotus;
କୋମଲରୁଚିଂ = ?? ;
ରାମଂ = Rama;
ଭଜେ = I worship;
ଶ୍ୟାମଲଂ = the dark complexioned one;
Shloka 88 Ram

ସକୃଦେଵ ପ୍ରପନ୍ନାୟ ତଵାସ୍ମୀତି ଚ ୟାଚତେ ।
ଅଭୟଂ ସର୍ଵଭୂତେଭ୍ୟୋ ଦଦାମ୍ୟେତଦ୍ ଵ୍ରତଂ ମମ ॥ ॥

Meaning 88
(RAmAbhaya from ShrImad RAmAyaNa)
Whoever seeks My refuge saying ⁠I have become Yours⁠,
to him and to all other living things
I will give My protection – freedom from fear, this is My vow..

%E88 Word Meanings 88;

ସକୃଦେଵ = one time alone; once;
ପ୍ରପନ୍ନାୟ = to the one who has reached or arrived at;
ତଵାସ୍ମୀତି = ?? ;
ଚ = and;
ୟାଚତେ = begs;
ଅଭୟଂ = protection; refuge;
ସର୍ଵଭୂତେଭ୍ୟୋ = to all the living beings;
ଦଦାମ୍ୟେତଦ୍ = I give this thing;
ଵ୍ରତଂ = austerity;
ମମ = mine; mymy; mine;
Shloka 89 Ram

କୋମଲାଙ୍ଗଂ ଵିଶାଲାକ୍ଷଂ ଇନ୍ଦ୍ରନୀଲ ସମପ୍ରଭମ୍
ଦକ୍ଷିଣାଙ୍ଗେ ଦଶରଥଂ ପୁତ୍ରାପ୍ୟେକ୍ଷେଣ ତତ୍ପରମ୍ ।
ପ୍ରଷ୍ଟତୋ ଲକ୍ଷମଣଂ ଦେଵଂ ସଛତ୍ରଂ କନକ ପ୍ରଭମ୍
ପାର୍ଶ୍ଵେ ଭରତ ଶତ୍ରୁଘ୍ନ ଚାମର ଵ୍ୟ୍ଜନାନ୍ଵିତୌ
ଅଗ୍ରେତ୍ୟଗ୍ରୌ ହନୂମନ୍ତଂ ରାମାନୁଗ୍ରହ କାଂକ୍ଷିଣମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 89
One with delicate body, large eyes, a gem, shining everywhere,
on whose right is Dashratha seeing the son with supreme devotion;
behind whom is LakShmana with a shining gloden umbrella,
near whom are Bharata and Shatrughna fanning, and Hanuman is in front
desiring Ram passionately..

%E89 Word Meanings 89;

କୋମଲାଙ୍ଗଂ = ?? ;
ଵିଶାଲାକ୍ଷଂ = ?? ;
ଇନ୍ଦ୍ରନୀଲ = bluish gem stone? decorating Indra’s crown;
ସମପ୍ରଭଂ = having light, shine equal to refrring to thousands of suns;
ଦକ୍ଷିଣାଙ୍ଗେ = on his right;
ଦଶରତଂ = ?? ;
ପୁତ୍ରାପ୍ୟେକ୍ଷେଣ = through the desire for getting a son;
ତତ୍ପରଂ = that great; other than that;
ପ୍ରଷ୍ଟତୋ = the one standing in front;
ଲକ୍ଷଣଂ = ?? ;
ଦେଵଂ = God;
ସଛତ୍ରଂ = along with an umbrella;
କନକ = golden;
ପ୍ରଭଂ = ?? ;
ପାର୍ଶ୍ଵେ = on the sides;
ଭରତ = Oh! Bharata !;
ଶତ୍ରୁଘ୍ନ,ଚାମର = ?? ;
ଵ୍ୟ୍ଜନାନ୍ଵିତୌ = ?? ;
ଅଗ୍ରେତ୍ୟଗ୍ରୌ = ?? ;
ହନୂମନ୍ତଂ = Hanuman;
ରାମାନୁଗ୍ର = ?? ;
କାନ୍କ୍ଷିଣଂ = one who desires;
Shloka 90 Ram

ଦୂରୀକୃତ ସୀତାର୍ତିଃ ପ୍ରକଟୀକୃତ ରାମଵୈଭଵ ସ୍ଫୂର୍ତିଃ ।
ଦାରିତ ଦଶମୁଖ କୀର୍ତିଃ ପୁରତୋ ମମ ଭାତୁ ହନୂମତୋ ମୂର୍ତିଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 90
Please be present in all your splendour, in front of me, Oh Lord of
Hanuman, who went through so much agony in separation from Sita
devi, whose splendour and sparkling brilliance was evident to all
and who is renowned for slaying the ten headed Ravana..

%E90 Word Meanings 90;

ଦୂରୀକୃତ = having been distanced or having removed it or thrown it far away;
ସୀତାର୍ତିଃ = the sorrow or difficulty of Sita;
ପ୍ରକଟୀକୃତ = made public; made visible to the eye;
ରାମଵୈଭଵ = the glory and splendour of Rama;
ସ୍ଫୂର୍ତିଃ = throbbing; vibration; flash; inspiration;
ଦାରିତ = torn; split; cut;
ଦଶମୁଖ = ten-headed;
କୀର୍ତିଃ = fame;
ପୁରତୋ = on the front side;
ମମ = mine; my;
ଭାତୁ = Let one shine;
ହନୂମତୋ = from Hanuman;
ମୂର୍ତିଃ = person; embodiment;
Shloka 91 Ram

ଅଗ୍ରତଃ ପୃଷ୍ଠତଶ୍ଚୈଵ ପାର୍ଶ୍ଵତଶ୍ଚ ମହାବଲୌ ।
ଆକର୍ଣପୂର୍ଣ ଧନ୍ଵାନୌ ରକ୍ଷେତାଂ ରାମଲକ୍ଷ୍ମଣୌ ॥ ॥

Meaning 91
Let the mighty twosome, the bow wielding Rama and LakShmaNa,
who have the bowstring stretched to the fullest upto the ears,
(who are ever-ready) protect us and save us by surrounding us from the
front, back and all sides..

%E91 Word Meanings 91;

ଅଗ୍ରତଃ = Before; in the front side;
ପୃଷ୍ଠତଃ = at or from the back;
ଚୈଵ = and like;
ପାର୍ଶ୍ଵତଃ = from the sides;
ଚ = and;
ମହାବଲୌ = the twosome with great might;
ଆକର୍ଣପୂର୍ଣ = fully reaching upto the ears ;
ଧନ୍ଵାନୌ = the two carrying bows;
ରକ୍ଷେତାଂ = May the two protect us;
ରାମଲକ୍ଷ୍ମଣୌ = Rama and Laxmana; %Newest Additions;
Shloka 92 Rama

ରାମ ରାମ ରାମ ରାମ ରାମନାମତାରକଂ
ରାମ କୃଷ୍ଣ ଵାସୁଦେଵ ଭକ୍ତିମୁକ୍ତିଦାୟକମ୍ ।
ଶଙ୍କରାୟ ଗୀୟମାନପୁଣ୍ୟନାମକୀର୍ତନଂ
ଜାନକୀମନୋହରଂ ଶ୍ରୀରାମଚନ୍ଦ୍ରମଂ ଭଜେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 92
Ram, Ram, Ram, Ram, the name Ram with which one can cross the Ocean (of
births and deaths); Ram, Krishna, Vasudeva, the giver of devotion and
liberation; singing the holy names to Shankar I worship the enchanter
of Janaki Sri Ramachandra..

%E92 Word Meanings 92;

ରାମ = Oh! Rama;
ରାମ = Oh! Rama;
ରାମ = Oh! Rama;
ରାମ = Oh! Rama;
ରାମନାମତାରକଂ = the name of Rama which enables one to cross
(the sea of births and deaths);
ରାମ = Oh! Rama;
କୃଷ୍ଣ = of Krishna; black;
ଵାସୁଦେଵ = at (M.acc.) the son of `vasudeva’;
ଭକ୍ତିମୁକ୍ତିଦାୟକଂ = the one who grants devotion and liberation or salvation;
ଶଙ୍କରାୟ = to Shankara;
ଗୀୟମାନପୁଣ୍ୟନାମକୀର୍ତନଂ = the hymn being sung having sacred names;
ଜାନକୀମନୋହରଂ = the one who captures Janaki’s mind i.e. Rama;
ଶ୍ରୀରାମଚନ୍ଦ୍ରମଂ = Rama;
ଭଜେ = I worship;
Shloka 93 Hanuman

ମନୋଜଵଂ ମାରୁତତୁଲ୍ୟଵେଗମ୍ ।
ଜିତେନ୍ଦ୍ରିୟଂ ବୁଦ୍ଧିମତାଂ ଵରିଷ୍ଠମ୍ ।
ଵାତାତ୍ମଜଂ ଵାନରୟୂଥମୁଖ୍ୟମ୍ ।
ଶ୍ରୀରାମଦୂତଂ ଶରଣଂ ପ୍ରପଦ୍ୟେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 93
I take refuge in the lord Hanuman who is as fast as the mind, equals his
father, the wind-God, in speed, is the master of the senses, the foremost
amongst the learned, the leader of the Monkey forces and the great messenger
of Shri Rama.

This slOkam salutes HanUman as the one , who is as
fast as the mind and equalling His father ( VAyu ) in
His speed of travel. He is saluted as the MahA yOgi ,
who has conquered His IndriyAs ( senses ) and as
the foremost among the learned and as the supreme
leader of the monkey army as well as the great
messenger of Sri RAmA ..

%E93 Word Meanings 93;

ମନୋଜଵଂ = one equalling the speed of mind;
ମାରୁତତୁଲ୍ୟଵେଗଂ = one having speed equal to that of the wind;
ଜିତେନ୍ଦ୍ରିୟଂ = one who has conquered the senses;
ବୁଦ୍ଧିମତାଂ = of or among the people who have the intellect;
ଵରିଷ୍ଠଂ = the best person;
ଵାତ = relating to wind;
ଆତ୍ମଜଂ = born of oneself, refers to one’s son;
ଵାନରୟୂଥମୁଖ୍ୟଂ = the chief of the monkey army;
ଶ୍ରୀରାମଦୂତଂ = the messenger of the venerable Rama;
ଶରଣଂ = seeking refuge or surrender;
ପ୍ରପଦ୍ୟେ = I sing; worship;
Shloka 94 Hanuman

ଅତୁଲିତବଲଧାମଂ ହେମଶୈଲାଭଦେହଂ
ଦନୁଜଵନକୃଶାନୁଂ ଜ୍ଞାନିନାମଗ୍ରଗଣ୍ୟମ୍ ।
ସକଲଗୁଣନିଧାନଂ ଵାନରାଣାମଧୀଶଂ
ରଘୁପତିପ୍ରିୟଭକ୍ତଂ ଵାତଜାତଂ ନମାମି ।
ଓଂ ହଂ ହନୁମତେ ନମଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 94
Adorations to Lord Hanuman!
I adore Lord Hanuman, who is the abode of incomparable strength,
whose body shines like a mountain of gold, who is the fire unto
the forest of demons, who is the chief among the wise, who is the
beloved devotee of Bhagvan Rama and the son of Wind-God.

He is a nava vyAkaraNa pandithan ; His body shines
like a mountain of Gold ( hemasailAbha dEham ) ;
He is in the front row of all Jn~Anis ( Jn~AninAM
agragaNyaM ) . He is the most dear bhakthA of
Sri RamA ( Raghupathi Priya Bhakthan ).

%E94 Word Meanings 94;

ଅତୁଲିତବଲଧାମଂ = the home of incomparable, unequalled power or might;
ହେମଶୈଲାଭଦେହଂ = having body resembling a golden-hued mountain;
ଦନୁଜଵନକୃଶାନୁଂ = the fire `kRishAnuH of the forest of demons;
ଜ୍ଞାନିନାମଗ୍ରଗଣ୍ୟଂ = reckoned as the foremost or first among the learned;
ସକଲଗୁଣନିଧାନଂ = the one who is a reservoir of all good qualities;
ଵାନରାଣାମଧୀଶଂ = the master of chief of the monkeys;
ରଘୁପତିପ୍ରିୟଭକ୍ତଂ = the devotee of the chief of Raghus;
ଵାତଜାତଂ = born of wind-god;
ନମାମି = I bow; salute; pay my respects;
ଓଂ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ହଂ = ?? ;
ହନୁମତେ = to Hanuman;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 95 Hanuman

ବୁଦ୍ଧିର୍ବଲଂ ୟଶୋ ଧୈର୍ୟଂ ନିର୍ଭୟତ୍ଵମରୋଗତା ।
ଅଜାଡ୍ୟଂ ଵାକ୍ପଟୁତ୍ଵଂ ଚ ହନୂମତ୍ସ୍ମରଣାଦ୍ଭଵେତ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 95
When we pray to Lord Hanuman, we will be blessed with intellect,
strength, fame, courage, fearlessness, freedom from all ailments,
wisdom and diplomacy in speech.

When we pray to Him , HanumAn blesses us with
intellect , strength of body , illustrious fame , courage
in times of danger , fearlessness to take initatives in
spiritual pursuits and freedom from all bodily ailments ,
wisdom and skilled (diplomatic) speech ..

%E95 Word Meanings 95;

ବୁଦ୍ଧିଃ = intellect;
ବଲଂ = might, strength;
ୟଶୋ = fame;
ଧୈର୍ୟଂ = courage; firmness;
ନିର୍ଭୟତ୍ଵଂ = fearlessness;
ଅରୋଗତା = freedom from disease;
ଅଜାଡ୍ୟଂ = opposite of jADyaM or stupidity or dullness or frigidity
or foolishness meaning bright in intellect;
ଵାକ୍ପଟୁତ୍ଵଂ = eloquence in speech;
ଚ = and;
ହନୂମତ୍ସ୍ମରଣାଦ୍ଭଵେତ୍ = May it happen or result from the remembrance of Hanuman;
Shloka 96 Hanuman

ୟତ୍ର ୟତ୍ର ରଘୁନାଥ କୀର୍ତନଂ
ତତ୍ର ତତ୍ର କୃତମସ୍ତକାଞ୍ଜଲିମ୍ ।
ଭାଷ୍ପଵାରି ପରିପୂର୍ଣ ଲୋଚନଂ
ମାରୁତିଂ ନମତ ରାକ୍ଷସାନ୍ତକମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 96
Wherever there is the song in praise of Lord Rama, there always is,
with head bowed in respect and eyes brimming with tears of joy,
Hanuman, the exterminator of rakShasas, to him are our salutations..

%E96 Word Meanings 96;

ୟତ୍ର ୟତ୍ର = where ever;
ରଘୁନାଥ = Oh! the lord of the Raghu dynasty;
କୀର୍ତନଂ = eulogising or praising hymn or work;
ତତ୍ର = there;
ତତ୍ର = there;
କୃତମସ୍ତକାଞ୍ଜଲିଂ = the one with the bent head and folded hands;
ଭାଷ୍ପଵାରି = raining tears (tear-drops);
ପରିପୂର୍ଣ = complete; perfect;
ଲୋଚନଂ = eye;
ମାରୁତିଂ = Hanuman;
ନମତ = bow; salute;
ରାକ୍ଷସ =demons;
ଅନ୍ତକଂ = exterminator ;
Shloka 97 Shiva

କରଚରଣ କୃତଂ ଵାକ୍କାୟଜଂ କର୍ମଜଂ ଵା ।
ଶ୍ରଵଣନୟନଜଂ ଵା ମାନସଂ ଵାପରାଧଂ ।
ଵିହିତମଵିହିତଂ ଵା ସର୍ଵମେତତ୍କ୍ଷମସ୍ଵ ।
ଜୟ ଜୟ କରୁଣାବ୍ଧେ ଶ୍ରୀମହାଦେଵ ଶମ୍ଭୋ ॥ ॥

Meaning 97
O Lord Shiva! Please forgive my wrong actions committed by me
knowingly or unknowingly through my hands, feet, speech, body
or through any organ of action; or through the ears, eyes (any
organ of perception) or through the mind. May you forgive all
sinful actions committed by me. O Great Shiva! Glory, Glory
to you! You are the Surging Ocean of Compassion!.

%E97 Word Meanings 97;

କରଚରଣ = by the hand and foot;
କୃତଂ = that which has been done;
ଵାକ୍କାୟଜଂ = born of or resulting from words and body or action;
କର୍ମଜଂ = born of action or duty;
ଵା = or; also; like; either or;
ଶ୍ରଵଣନୟନଜଂ = resuling from ears or hearing and eyes;
ଵା = or; also; like; either or;
ମାନସଂ = of the mind; thought;
ଵା = or; also; like; either or;
ଅପରାଧଂ = faults, wrong deeds;
ଵିହିତମଵିହିତଂ = knowingly or unknowingly;
ଵା = or; also; like; either or;
ସର୍ଵମେତତ୍କ୍ଷମସ୍ଵ = Fogive all this;
ଜୟ = at (M.nom.) victory;
ଜୟ = at (M.nom.) victory;
କରୁଣାବ୍ଧେ = ocean of mercy;
ଶ୍ରୀମହାଦେଵ = Oh! great Lord Shiva;
ଶମ୍ଭୋ = Oh! Shiva or happy person;
Shloka 98 Shiva

କର୍ପୂରଗୌରଂ କରୁଣାଵତାରଂ
ସଂସାରସାରଂ ଭୁଜଗେନ୍ଦ୍ରହାରମ୍ ।
ସଦା ଵସନ୍ତଂ ହୃଦୟାରଵିନ୍ଦେ
ଭଵଂ ଭଵାନୀସହିତଂ ନମାମି ॥ ॥

Meaning 98
I salute to that Ishwar along with Bhavani (Shiva and Parvati),
who is as white as camphor, an incarnation of compassion,
the essence of this world, who wears a serpant around
his neck and is ever present in the lotus abode of our hearts..

%E98 Word Meanings 98;

କର୍ପୂରଗୌରଂ = ?? ;
କରୁଣାଵତାରଂ = embodiment of mercy;
ସଂସାରସାରଂ = the essence of worldly or familly-life;
ଭୁଜଗେନ୍ଦ୍ରହାରଂ = one who is having the king of snake as the garland
or necklace, Shiva;
ସଦା = always; ever;
ଵସନ୍ତଂ = the one who is living or dwelling or the spring season;
ହୃଦୟାରଵିନ୍ଦେ = in the lotus like heart;
ଭଵଂ = the chain or ocean of births and deaths or the one God who causes it;;
ଭଵାନୀସହିତଂ = one who has BhavAnI alongside;
ନମାମି = I bow; salute; pay my respects;
Shloka 99 Shiva

ଓଂ ତ୍ରୟମ୍ବକଂ ୟଜାମହେ
ସୁଗନ୍ଧିଂ ପୁଷ୍ଟିଵର୍ଧନମ୍ ।
ଉର୍ଵାରୁକମିଵ ବନ୍ଧନାନ୍
ମୃତ୍ୟୋର୍ମୁକ୍ଷୀୟ ମାମୃତାତ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 99
This is the Maha Mrityunjaya Mantra.

We worship the three-eyed One (Lord Siva) Who is fragrant and who
nourishes well all beings; may He liberate us from death for the sake
of Immortality even as the cucumber is severed from its bondage (to
the creeper)..

%E99 Word Meanings 99;

ଓଂ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ତ୍ରୟମ୍ବକଂ = the three-eyed one;
ୟଜାମହେ = Let us do the sacrifice;
ସୁଗନ୍ଧିଂ = the one who is fragrant;
ପୁଷ୍ଟିଵର୍ଧନଂ = that which increases nourishment;
ଉର୍ଵାରୁକମିଵ = like the cucumber;
ବନ୍ଧନାନ୍ = ?? ;
ମୃତ୍ୟୋର୍ମୁକ୍ଷୀୟ = ?? ;
ମାମୃତାତ୍ = ?? ;
Shloka 100 Shiva

ନମସ୍ତେ ରୁଦ୍ରମନ୍ୟଵ ଉତୋତ ଇଷଵେ ନମଃ ।
ନମସ୍ତେ ଅସ୍ତୁ ଧନ୍ଵନେ ବାହୁଭ୍ୟା-ମୁତ ତେ ନମଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 100
Salutations to Shiva’s anger and to his arrow;
Salutations to His bow and also to his arms..

%E100 Word Meanings 100;

ନମସ୍ତେ = greetings, salutations to you;
ରୁଦ୍ରମନ୍ୟଵ = to Shiva’s anger;
ଉତୋତ = and then;
ଇଷଵେ = for the bow;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
ନମସ୍ତେ = greetings, salutations to you;
ଅସ୍ତୁ = let it be so; let there be; Amenlet there be(III
per.benedic.) May there be; So be it; Amen;
ଧନ୍ଵନେ = to the bow-bearing one;
ବାହୁଭ୍ୟା-ମୁତ = ?? ;
ତେ = to you or your (here:poss.);
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 101 Shiva

ଓଂ ଶିଵ ଓଂ ଶିଵ, ପରାତ୍ପରା ଶିଵ ଓଙ୍କାର ଶିଵ ତଵ ଶରଣମ୍ ।
ନମାମି ଶଙ୍କର ଭଜାମି ଶଙ୍କର ଉମାମହେଶ୍ଵର ତଵ ଶରଣମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 101
Aum shiva, Aum shiva;
Shiva who is beyond the beyond, who is the sound of Aum, I take refuge
in you. I bow to Shankar, I sing the glories of Shankar, I take refuge
in Uma and Shankar..

%E101 Word Meanings 101;

ଓଂ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ଶିଵ = of Lord Shiva ; auspicious; favourable; propitious;
ଓଂ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ଶିଵ, = ?? ;
ପରାତ୍ପରା = greater than the great; the most supreme;
ଶିଵ = of Lord Shiva ; auspicious; favourable; propitious;
ଓଙ୍କାର = relating to the Brahman or the `OM’ mantra;
ଶିଵ = of Lord Shiva ; auspicious; favourable; propitious;
ତଵ = youryour;
ଶରଣଂ = seeking refuge or surrender;
ନମାମି = I bow; salute; pay my respects;
ଶଙ୍କର = Oh! Shankara, Shiva lit.one who grants good or auspicious things;
ଭଜାମି = I worship;
ଶଙ୍କର = Oh! Shankara, Shiva lit.one who grants good or auspicious things;
ଉମାମହେଶ୍ଵର = Oh! Shiva with Parvati or adj.;
ତଵ = youryour;
ଶରଣଂ = seeking refuge or surrender;
Shloka 102 Shiva

ଵନ୍ଦେ ଉମାପତିଂ ସୁରଗୁରୁଂ ଵନ୍ଦେ ଜଗତ୍କାରଣମ୍ ।
ଵନ୍ଦେ ପନ୍ନଗଭୂଷଣଂ ମୃଗଧରଂ ଵନ୍ଦେ ପଶୂନାଂ ପତିମ୍ ।
ଵନ୍ଦେ ସୂର୍ୟ ଶଶାଙ୍କ ଵହ୍ନିନୟନ ଵନ୍ଦେ ମୁକୁନ୍ଦ ପ୍ରିୟମ୍ ।
ଵନ୍ଦେ ଭକ୍ତଜନାଶ୍ରୟଂ ଚ ଵରଦଂ ଵନ୍ଦେ ଶିଵଂ ଶଙ୍କରମ୍ ।
ଓଂ ନମଃ ଶିଵାୟ ॥ ॥

Meaning 102
Adorations to Bhagavan Shiva!
Adorations to the Lord of Goddess Uma, to the Preceptor of gods,
Adorations to the cause of the universe. Adorations to the one who
holds a deer in His hands (Who is the master of the mind). Adorations
to Him, who is the Lord of the Pashus (souls in bondage). Adorations
to Him who has the sun (intellect), moon (mind) and fire (knowledge)
for his eyes. Adorations to Him who is the beloved of Mukunda
(Lord Vishnu). Adorations to Him Who is the refuge of His devotees,
and who is the giver of boons. Adorations to Him who is all auspicious
and is the doer of all that is good!.

%E102 Word Meanings 102;

ଵନ୍ଦେ = I worship; bow;
ଉମାପତିଂ = the lord or consort of Uma i.e.shivahusband of Uma or Paravati, Shiva;
ସୁରଗୁରୁଂ = the preseptor of the gods i.e.Brihaspati;
ଵନ୍ଦେ = I worship; bow;
ଜଗତ୍କାରଣଂ = the cause of the world;
ଵନ୍ଦେ = I worship; bow;
ପନ୍ନଗଭୂଷଣଂ = the one wearing serpants as ornaments;
ମୃଗଧରଂ = ?? ;
ଵନ୍ଦେ = I worship; bow;
ପଶୂନାଂ = the animals’;
ପତିଂ = the husband; chief; lord;
ଵନ୍ଦେ = I worship; bow;
ସୂର୍ୟ = of the sun;
ଶଶାଙ୍କ = at (M.nom.) the moon; having the hare as a body part;
ଵହ୍ନିନୟନ = with fiery eyes;
ଵନ୍ଦେ = I worship; bow;
ମୁକୁନ୍ଦ = at (M.acc.) Mukunda(M.nom.) Mukunda, Vishnu or
Krishna(m.nom.) Mukunda (Vishnu);
ପ୍ରିୟଂ = that which is agreeing well; dear; to one’s liking; darling ;;
ଵନ୍ଦେ = I worship; bow;
ଭକ୍ତଜନାଶ୍ରୟଂ = one who grants refuge to the devotees;
ଚ = and;
ଵରଦଂ = the one who gives boons;
ଵନ୍ଦେ = I worship; bow;
ଶିଵଂ = Lord shiva;
ଶଙ୍କରଂ = Shankara;
ଓଂ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
ଶିଵାୟ = to Shiva;
Shloka 103 Shiva

ଅପସର୍ପନ୍ତୁ ତେ ଭୂତା ୟେ ଭୂତା ଭୂମିସଂସ୍ଥିତାଃ ।
ୟେ ଭୂତା ଵିଘ୍ନକର୍ତାରସ୍ତେ ଗଚ୍ଛନ୍ତୁ ଶିଵାଜ୍ଞୟା ॥ ॥

Meaning 103
The (evil) beings who are on earth let them move away;
The (evil) beings who create obstacles let them go by the wish of Shiva..

%E103 Word Meanings 103;

ଅପସର୍ପନ୍ତୁ = Let them move away or drive away;
ତେ = to you or your (here:poss.);
ଭୂତା = one who has taken some form or come to a certain state;
ୟେ = they who;
ଭୂତା = one who has taken some form or come to a certain state;
ଭୂମିସଂସ୍ଥିତାଃ = on the earth or ground;
ୟେ = they who;
ଭୂତା = one who has taken some form or come to a cerrtain state;
ଵିଘ୍ନକର୍ତାରସ୍ତେ = ?? ;
ଗଚ୍ଛନ୍ତୁ = let them go;
ଶିଵାଜ୍ଞୟା = by Shiva’s command or orders;
Shloka 104 Shiva

ତୀକ୍ଷ୍ଣଦଂଷ୍ଟ୍ର ମହାକାୟ କଲ୍ପାନ୍ତଦହନୋପମ ।
ଭୈରଵାୟ ନମସ୍ତୁଭ୍ୟମନୁଜ୍ଞାଂ ଦାତୁମର୍ହସି ॥ ॥

Meaning 104
Oh! The one with sharp teeth, huge body, destroyer (like fire) of
the worlds, Bhairava grant permission to offer salutations to You..

%E104 Word Meanings 104;

ତୀକ୍ଷ୍ଣଦଂଷ୍ଟ୍ର = sharp teeth;
ମହାକାୟ = big bodied;
କଲ୍ପାନ୍ତଦହନୋପମ = equal to the burning at the time of the end of
the world or 4 `yuga’s;
ଭୈରଵାୟ = to the Bahirava i.e. Shiva;
ନମସ୍ତୁଭ୍ୟମନୁଜ୍ଞାଂ = I bow to thee; permission (may be given);
ଦାତୁମର୍ହସି = `dAtuM (inf.) and `arhasi’ (verb); you desrve (have merit) to give;
Shloka 105 Shiva

ମଙ୍ଗଲଂ ଭଗଵାନ୍ ଶଂଭୁଃ ମଙ୍ଗଲଂ ଵୃଷଭଧ୍ଵଜଃ ।
ମଙ୍ଗଲଂ ପାର୍ଵତୀନାଥୋ ମଙ୍ଗଲାୟତନୋ ହରଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 105
Auspicious is the splendent Shambhu, auspicious is Vrishabhadhwaja,
auspicious is the consort of Parvati, an abode of auspiciousness is Hara..

%E105 Word Meanings 105;

ମଙ୍ଗଲଂ = auspiciousness; welfare; well-being; good things;
ଭଗଵାନ୍ = God; or a respectable person one who possesses the
bhaga -a cluster of good things including wealth and happiness;
ଶଂଭୁଃ = an epithet of Shiva;
ମଙ୍ଗଲଂ = auspiciousness; welfare; well-being; good things;
ଵୃଷଭଧ୍ଵଜଃ = the one having the bull in his flag;
ମଙ୍ଗଲଂ = auspiciousness; welfare; well-being; good things;
ପାର୍ଵତୀନାଥୋ = Parvati’s consort i.e. Shiva;
ମଙ୍ଗଲାୟତନୋ = bringing good fortune or auspiciousness;
ହରଃ = Lord Shiva literally one who removes or steals or destroys ignorance.;
Shloka 106 Shiva

ତତ୍ପୁରୁଷାୟ ଵିଦ୍ମହେ । ମହାଦେଵାୟ ଧୀମହି ।
ତନ୍ନୋ ରୁଦ୍ରଃ ପ୍ରଚୋଦୟାତ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 106
This is my offering to the the onlu purushA, Shiva .
I meditate to this Lord of Lords.
Let that fierce Lord (Shiva) inspire me..

%E106 Word Meanings 106;

ତତ୍ପୁରୁଷାୟ = ?? ;
ଵିଦ୍ମହେ = offering;
ମହାଦେଵାୟ = to Shiva;
ଧୀମହି = May meditate;
ତନ୍ନୋ = ?? ;
ରୁଦ୍ରଃ = Shiva;
ପ୍ରଚୋଦୟାତ୍ = inspire; kindle; urge; induce;;
Shloka 107 Shiva

ଅୟଂ ମେ ହସ୍ତୋ ଭଗଵାନୟଂ ମେ ଭଗଵତ୍ତରଃ ।
ଅୟଂ ମେ ଵିଶ୍ଵଭେଷଜୋଽୟଂ ଶିଵାଭିମର୍ଶନଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 107
This hand is of mine is very skilled and this hand is even more skilled;
This hand is of mine has all the medicines of the world and this hand’s
touch is most auspicious..

%E107 Word Meanings 107;

ଅୟଂ = this one;
ମେ = to me or my;
ହସ୍ତୋ = the hand;
ଭଗଵାନୟଂ = ?? ;
ମେ = to me or my;
ଭଗଵତ୍ତରଃ = one who is more godly than the other(s);
ଅୟଂ = this one;
ମେ = to me or my;
ଵିଶ୍ଵଭେଷଜୋଽୟଂ = ?? ;
ଶିଵାଭିମର୍ଶନଃ = ?? ;
Shloka 108 Shiva

ଅସିତଗିରିସମସ୍ୟାତ୍ କଜ୍ଜଲଂ ସିଂଧୂପାତ୍ରେ
ସୁରତରୁଵରଶାଖା ଲେଖନୀ ପତ୍ରମୂର୍ଵୀ ।
ଲିଖତି ୟଦି ଗୃହିତ୍ଵା ଶାରଦା ସର୍ଵକାଲଂ
ତଦପି ତଵ ଗୁଣାନାମୀଶ ପାରଂ ନ ୟାତି ॥ ॥

Meaning 108
Take one big mountain of eye ointment and dissolve it as black ink in
the pot made out of ocean, take a branch of the heavenly tree as the pen,
the earth (ground) as the parchment, arrange for Sharada to write all the
time with this understanding, still it would not be enough to describe
all of your Good Qualities, oh Isha!


%E108 Word Meanings 108;

ଅସିତଗିରିସମସ୍ୟାତ୍ = like (samaM) a black (asita) mountain (giri);
କଜ୍ଜଲଂ = eye ointment; collyrium or black ink;
ସିଂଧୁପାତ୍ରେ = in the pot (pAtra) of ocean (si.ndhu) [7];
ସୁରତରୁଵର = the heavenly tree;
ଶାଖା = a branch;;
ଲେଖନୀ = writing instrument;
ପତ୍ର = leaf; page;
ଉର୍ଵୀ = earth;
ଲିଖତି = writes (likha);
ୟଦି = if;
ଗୃହୀତ୍ଵା = while holding;
ଶାରଦା = goddess worshipped during the autumnal season sharad as
Durga, LakShmi and Sarasvati;
ସର୍ଵକାଲଂ = for ever;
ତଦପି = even then;
ତଵ = your;
ଗୁଣାନାଂ = of the good qualities;
ଈଶ = Hey Isha[8];
ପାର = end; other side;
ନ = no;
ୟାତି = goes;
Shloka 109 Kartikeya

ଷଡାନନଂ କୁଙ୍କୁମରକ୍ତଵର୍ଣଂ
ମହାମତିଂ ଦିଵ୍ୟମୟୂରଵାହନମ୍ ।
ରୁଦ୍ରସ୍ୟ ସୂନୁଂ ସୁରସୈନ୍ୟନାଥଂ
ଗୁହଂ ସଦା ଶରଣମହଂ ପ୍ରପଦ୍ୟେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 109
I seek refuge for ever with the six-faced God of vermilion complexion, the
son of Rudra, leader of the army of gods, who possessed of great intelligence,
and mounted on a celestial peacock, ever resides in the cave of human hearts..

%E109 Word Meanings 109;

ଷାଡାନନଂ = the six-headed one Karthikeya;
କୁଙ୍କୁମରକ୍ତଵର୍ଣଂ = ?? ;
ମହାମତିଂ = the great minded one;
ଦିଵ୍ୟମୟୂରଵାହନଂ = the divine peacock vehicle;
ରୁଦ୍ରସ୍ୟ = Rudra’s;
ସୂନୁଂ = the son;
ସୁରସୈନ୍ୟନାଥଂ = the leader of the army of the gods;
ଗୁହଂ = guha refers to Karthikeya;
ସଦା = always; ever;
ଶରଣମହଂ = refuge, I;
ପ୍ରପଦ୍ୟେ = I sing; worship;
Shloka 110 Kartikeya

ନମୋ ନମସ୍ତେ ଗୁହ ଶକ୍ତିଧାମ୍ନେ
ନମୋ ନମସ୍ତେ ଗୁହ ଶକ୍ତିଧର୍ତ୍ରେ ।
ନମୋ ନମସ୍ତେ ଗୁହ ଦେଵସେନା
ଭର୍ତ୍ରେ ନମସ୍ତେ କୁଲଭୂଷଣାୟ ॥ ॥

Meaning 110
Salutations to the Lord Subrahmanya, who is the abode of power, who
holds the lance, who is the commander of the celestial hosts, and who
is the ornament of His divine family..

%E110 Word Meanings 110;

ନମୋ = bowing; salute;
ନମସ୍ତେ = greetings, salutations to you;
ଗୁହ = Guha refers to lord Karthikeya;
ଶକ୍ତିଧାମ୍ନେ = Oh!. the seat or abode of power; might;
ନମୋ = bowing; salute;
ନମସ୍ତେ = greetings, salutations to you;
ଗୁହ = Guha refers to lord Karthikeya;
ଶକ୍ତିଧର୍ତ୍ରେ = abode of strength;
ନମୋ = bowing; salute;
ନମସ୍ତେ = greetings, salutations to you;
ଗୁହ = Guha refers to lord Karthikeya;
ଦେଵସେନା = a female of that name, also army of gods;
ଭର୍ତ୍ରେ = for or to the Lord;
ନମସ୍ତେ = greetings, salutations to you;
କୁଲଭୂଷଣାୟ = ?? ;
Shloka 111 Kartikeya

ଜ୍ଞାନଶକ୍ତିଧର ସ୍କନ୍ଦ ଵଲ୍ଲୀକଲ୍ୟାଣ ସୁନ୍ଦର ।
ଦେଵସେନା ମନଃ କାନ୍ତ କାର୍ତିକେୟ ନମୋଽସ୍ତୁତେ ।
ଓଂ ସୁବ୍ରହ୍ମଣ୍ୟାୟ ନମଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 111
Adorations to Lord Subrahmanya!
Adoratiosn to Lord Kartikeya who is known as Skanda, Who holds the
staff of wisdom, who is the beautiful beloved of Goddess VallI, Who
is the enchanter of the mind of Goddess Devasena, to that Divine Kartikeya
I offer adorations again and again!.

%E111 Word Meanings 111;

ଜ୍ଞାନଶକ୍ତିଧର = bearing or wearing the power of knowledge;
ସ୍କନ୍ଦ = at (M.nom.) Karthikeya; also leaping;;
ଵଲ୍ଲୀକଲ୍ୟାଣ = relating to Valli’s marriage or auspicious activity;
ସୁନ୍ଦର = beautiful;
ଦେଵସେନା = a female of that name, also army of gods;
ମନଃ = mind;
କାନ୍ତ = Oh! husband;
କାରିକେୟ = ?? ;
ନମୋଽସ୍ତୁତେ = Salutations unto Thee;
ଓଂ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ସୁବ୍ରହ୍ମଣ୍ୟାୟ = to Karthikeya;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 112 Kartikeya

ମୟୂରାଧିରୂଢଂ ମହାଵାକ୍ୟଗୂଢଂ
ମନୋହାରି ଦେହଂ ମହଚ୍ଚିତ୍ତଗେହମ୍ ।
ମହୀଦେଵଦେଵଂ ମହାଵେଦଭାଵଂ
ମହାଦେଵବାଲଂ ଭଜେ ଲୋକପାଲମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 112
I salute to the Lord (Kartikeya), who is astride a peacock, and
having the great mystic saying OM (praNava), whose body is so
attractive, and who is the repository of great intellect, who is the
lord of all lords of the earth, the knower of vedas, the son of
Lord Shiva, and the caretaker of this earth..

%E112 Word Meanings 112;

ମୟୂରାଧିରୂଢ़ଂ = he who is astride the peacock;
ମହାଵାକ୍ୟଗୂଢ़ଂ = he having the great mystic saying, PraNava;
ମନୋହାରି = that which attracts or draws the mind;
ଦେହଂ = the human body;
ମହଚ୍ଚିତ୍ତଗେହଂ = he, being the house or abode of great Consciousness;
ମହୀଦେଵଦେଵଂ = the lord of the lords of the earth;
ମହାଵେଦଭାଵଂ = he, knowing the meaning of the great ‘Vedas’;
ମହାଦେଵବାଲଂ = the lad of Mahadeva, Shiva;
ଭଜେ = I worship;
ଲୋକପାଲଂ = caretaker of the worlds or people;
Shloka 113 Sarasvati

ସରସ୍ଵତି ନମସ୍ତୁଭ୍ୟଂ ଵରଦେ କାମରୂପିଣି ।
ଵିଦ୍ୟାରମ୍ଭଂ କରିଷ୍ୟାମି ସିଦ୍ଧିର୍ଭଵତୁ ମେ ସଦା ॥ ॥

Meaning 113
Oh Goddess Saraswati, my humble prostrations unto you,
who are the fulfiller of all my wishes. I am beginning
my study, let me attain perfection in that, always..

%E113 Word Meanings 113;

ସରସ୍ଵତି = Oh! sarasvati ; goddesss of knowledge;
ନମସ୍ତୁଭ୍ୟଂ = I bow to thee;
ଵରଦେ = Oh! the boon-giver;
କାମରୂପିଣି = (fem.nom.) one who is desire-personified;
ଵିଦ୍ୟାରମ୍ଭଂ = the beginning of learning the 3 R’s;
କରିଷ୍ୟାମି = I shall do;
ସିଦ୍ଧିର୍ଭଵତୁ = May it materialise;
ମେ = to me or my;
ସଦା = always; ever;
Shloka 114 Sarasvati

ୟା କୁନ୍ଦେନ୍ଦୁ ତୁଷାର ହାର ଧଵଲା ୟା ଶୁଭ୍ରଵସ୍ତ୍ରାଵୃତା ।
ୟା ଵୀଣାଵରଦଁଡ ମଁଡିତକରା ୟା ଶ୍ଵେତପଦ୍ମାସନା ।
ୟା ବ୍ରହ୍ମାଚ୍ୟୁତଶଙ୍କରପ୍ରଭୃତିଭିର୍ଦେଵୈ ସଦା ଵଂଦିତା ।
ସା ମାଂ ପାତୁ ସରସ୍ଵତୀ ଭଗଵତୀ ନିଃଶେଷଜାଡ୍ୟାପହା ॥ ॥

Meaning 114
White as the lily, the moon and the garland of dews,
Clad in clean and spotless garments,
Hands adorned with Vina and rosary,
Sitting on white lotus,
Always worshipped by Brahma, Vishnu and Siva,
O Goddess of Wisdom, Sarasvati,
Look after me by driving away without any trace
this illness of ignorance! %alternate
May that Goddess whose complexion is fair like the shining moon,
who wears a garland of snow-white jasmine flowers and is adorned by
a luminous white garment; whose Hands are decked by a Veena (musical
instrument) and Vara-Danda (staff of blessings); who is seated on a
white lotus; who is ever adored by Brahma (the creator), Vishnu (the
sustainer), Shiva (the destroyer) and other Gods; who destroys all
forms of inertia and dullness; may that Goddess Sarasvati protect
and sustain me..

%E114 Word Meanings 114;

ୟା = She who;
କୁନ୍ଦେନ୍ଦୁ = lily and moon;
ତୁଷାର = dews, drops, spray;
ହାର = at (M.nom.) garland; also removal;
ଧଵଲା = white;
ୟା = She who;
ଶୁଭ୍ରଵସ୍ତ୍ରାଵୃତା = the one enrobed in white dress;
ୟା = She who;
ଵୀଣାଵରଦଁଡ = relating to Veena instrument and the boon-giving stick;
ମଁଡିତକରା = decked hands;
ୟା = She who;
ଶ୍ଵେତପଦ୍ମାସନା = the one seated on white lotus seat;
ୟା = She who;
ବ୍ରହ୍ମ = Brahma;
ଅଚ୍ୟୁତ = Vishnu;
ଶଙ୍କର = Shiva;
ପ୍ରଭ୍ରୁତିଭିର୍ଦେଵୈ = ?? ;
ସଦା = always; ever;
ଵଂଦିତା = one who has been worshipped;
ସା = she;
ମାଂ = me;
ପାତୁ = May protect me or us;
ସରସ୍ଵତୀ = goddess of knowledge known by this name;
ଭଗଵତୀ = Durga or other goddess or a respectable woman;
ନିଃଶେଷ = without any remainder; in its entirety;
ଜାଡ୍ୟା = through frigidity or stupidity;
ଅପହା = take away, drive away;
Shloka 115 Sarasvati

ଧ୍ୟାୟେତ୍ ପଦ୍ମାସନସ୍ଥାଂ ଵିକସିତଵଦନାଂ ପଦ୍ମପତ୍ରାୟତାକ୍ଷୀଂ
ହେମାଭାଂ ପୀତଵସ୍ତ୍ରାଂ କରକଲିତଲସଦ୍ଧେମପଦ୍ମାଂ ଵରାଙ୍ଗୀମ୍ ।
ସର୍ଵାଲଙ୍କାରୟୁକ୍ତାଂ ସତତମଭୟଦାଂ ଭକ୍ତନମ୍ରାଂ ଭଵାନୀଂ
ଶ୍ରୀଵିଦ୍ୟାଂ ଶାନ୍ତମୂର୍ତିଂ ସକଲସୁରନୁତାଂ ସର୍ଵସମ୍ପତ୍ପ୍ରଦାତ୍ରୀମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 115
Let one meditate upon the Divine Goddess who is seated on the lotus,
pleasant faced with long eyes resembling lotus petals.
She is golden hued, and has lotus flowers in Her hand.
She dispels fear of the devotees who bow before Her.
She is the embodiment of peace, knowledge (vidyA),
is praised by
gods and grants every kind of wealth wished for..

%E115 Word Meanings 115;

ଧ୍ୟାୟେତ୍ = Let us meditate;
ପଦ୍ମାସନସ୍ଥାଂ = the one standing in the seat of a lotus;
ଵିକସିତଵଦନାଂ = the one with a blossomed pleasant face;
ପଦ୍ମପତ୍ରାୟତାକ୍ଷୀଂ = the one with long eyes resembling lotus leaves;
ହେମାଭାଂ = she who is having the brightness of gold;
ପୀତଵସ୍ତ୍ରାଂ = Yellow clothing or dress;
କରକଲିତଲସଦ୍ଧେମପଦ୍ମାଂ = the one wearing the shining golden lotus in the hand;
ଵରାଙ୍ଗୀଂ = the one with a beautiful form or personality;
ସର୍ଵାଲଙ୍କାରୟୁକ୍ତାଂ = the one along with all kinds of ornamentation and decoration;
ସତତମଭୟଦାଂ = the who offers protection or refuge always;
ଭକ୍ତନମ୍ରାଂ = one who is soft or kind to the devotees;
ଭଵାନୀଂ = the female goddess bhavanI who controls or manages the creation;
ଶ୍ରୀଵିଦ୍ୟାଂ = Goddess Shrividya, one form of Goddess Shakti;
ଶାନ୍ତମୂର୍ତିଂ = peace or serenity personified ; embodiment of tranquility.;
ସକଲସୁରନୁତାଂ = praised by all the gods;
ସର୍ଵସମ୍ପତ୍ପ୍ରଦାତ୍ରୀଂ = the giver of all kinds of wealth and prosperity;
Shloka 116 Sarasvati

ଜୟ ଜୟ ଦେଵି ଚରାଚରସାରେ କୁଚୟୁଗଶୋଭିତ ମୁକ୍ତାହାରେ ।
ଵୀଣାପୁସ୍ତକରଂଜିତହସ୍ତେ ଭଗଵତି ଭାରତି ଦେଵି ନମସ୍ତେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 116
Salutations to devi sarasvati, who is the essence of the universe, who is
adorned with a garland of pearls, who holds Veena and a book, and is also
known as bhagavati and bhArati..

%E116 Word Meanings 116;

ଜୟ = at (M.nom.) victory;
ଜୟ = at (M.nom.) victory;
ଦେଵି = Oh! goddess;
ଚରାଚରସାରେ = Oh! the essence of the mobile and the immobile world!;
କୁଚୟୁଗଶୋଭିତ = ?? ;
ମୁକ୍ତାହାରେ = Oh! the one having a pearl necklace!;
ଵୀଣାପୁସ୍ତକରଂଜିତହସ୍ତେ = Oh! the one with the hands adorned with
the Veena instrument and the book;
ଭଗଵତି = Oh goddess!;
ଭାରତି = A name for goddess sarasvatI; one of the titles awarded to scholars;
ଦେଵି = Oh! goddess;
ନମସ୍ତେ = greetings, salutations to you;
Shloka 117 Laxmi

ନମସ୍ତେସ୍ତୁ ମହାମାୟେ ଶ୍ରୀପୀଠେ ସୁରପୂଜିତେ ।
ଶଙ୍ଖଚକ୍ରଗଦାହସ୍ତେ ମହାଲକ୍ଷ୍ମି ନମୋଽସ୍ତୁତେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 117
Oh. goddess of great illusory powers, the presiding deity over
Shri PITha, Oh! the one worshipped by the gods, Oh mahAlaxmi,
holding conch, disc, and mace in the hands. Salutations unto Thee..

%E117 Word Meanings 117;

ନମସ୍ତେସ୍ତୁ = Salutations unto Thee;
ମହାମାୟେ = Oh. goddess of great illusory powers;
ଶ୍ରୀପିଠେ = in the respected and exalted place particularly of goddess shakti;
ସୁରପୂଜିତେ = Oh! the one worshipped by the gods;
ଶଙ୍ଖଚକ୍ରଗଦାହସ୍ତେ = One having the conch shell and the mace in the hands;
ମହାଲକ୍ଷ୍ମି = Oh! MahalakShmi;
ନମୋଽସ୍ତୁତେ = Salutations unto Thee;
Shloka 118 Laxmi

ପଦ୍ମାନନେ ପଦ୍ମଵିପଦ୍ମପତ୍ରେ ପଦ୍ମପ୍ରିୟେ ପଦ୍ମଦଲାୟତାକ୍ଷି ।
ଵିଶ୍ଵପ୍ରିୟେ ଵିଷ୍ଣୁମନୋଽନୁକୂଲେ ତ୍ଵତ୍ପାଦପଦ୍ମଂ ମୟି ସନ୍ନିଧତ୍ସ୍ଵ ॥ ॥

Meaning 118
Lotus faced, a lotus without troubles and leafless, lover of lotus,
lotus-eyed, dear to the world; Oh! delight of Sri Vishnu, place your
lotus feet in me.

(O LakShmi), lotus is your seat. Your limbs are delightful like the lotus
creepers of earthly and heavenly regions. You love to abide in lotus,
fond of the world you are and the world is also fond of you, you are
always agreeable to the wishes of Vishnu, (be pleased to) place your
lotus foot in me; make my house your abode..

%E118 Word Meanings 118;

ପଦ୍ମାନନେ = Oh! lotus-faced one;
ପଦ୍ମ = ?? ;
ଵିପଦ୍ମପତ୍ରେ = ?? ;
ପଦ୍ମପ୍ରିୟେ = Oh! lotus loving one;
ପଦ୍ମଦଲାୟତାକ୍ଷି = the one having eyes resembling lotus petals;
ଵିଶ୍ଵପ୍ରିୟେ = Oh! the one who is dear to the Universe;
ଵିଷ୍ଣୁମନୋଽନୁକୂଲେ = Oh!. the one going in tandem with Vishnu’s mind;
ତ୍ଵତ୍ପାଦପଦ୍ମଂ = your lotus-like feet;
ମୟି = in me;
ସନ୍ନିଧତ୍ସ୍ଵ = Put me in the presence of;
Shloka 119 Laxmi

ସର୍ଵଜ୍ଞେ ସର୍ଵଵରଦେ ସର୍ଵଦୁଷ୍ଟ ଭୟଙ୍କରି ।
ସର୍ଵଦୁଃଖ ହରେ ଦେଵି ମହାଲକ୍ଷ୍ମି ନମୋଽସ୍ତୁତେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 119
All knowing, all beneficient, all lust destroying;
remover of all sorrows, Oh Mahalxmi! we bow to you.

Prostrations again to you, who are omniscient, who shower boons on the
good and are a terror to all the wicked, and who removes all sorrows
of devotees..

%E119 Word Meanings 119;

ସର୍ଵଜ୍ଞେ = Oh! the knower of all;
ସର୍ଵଵରଦେ = Oh! the giver of all boons;
ସର୍ଵଦୁଷ୍ଟ = all kinds of bad things;
ଭୟଙ୍କରି = Oh! one who creates terror;
ସର୍ଵଦୁଃଖ = all kinds of sufferings; troubles;
ହରେ = OH! hari;
ଦେଵି = Oh! goddess;
ମହାଲକ୍ଷ୍ମି = Oh! MahalakShmi;
ନମୋଽସ୍ତୁତେ = Salutations unto Thee;
Shloka 120 Laxmi

ଲକ୍ଷ୍ମୀଂ କ୍ଷୀରସମୁଦ୍ରରାଜତନୟାଂ ଶ୍ରୀରଙ୍ଗଧାମେଶ୍ଵରୀଂ
ଦାସୀଭୂତସମସ୍ତଦେଵଵନିତାଂ ଲୋକୈକଦୀପାଙ୍କୁରାମ୍ ।
ତ୍ଵାଂ ତ୍ରୈଲୋକ୍ୟକୁଟୁମ୍ବିନୀଂ ସରସିଜାଂ ଵନ୍ଦେ ମୁକୁନ୍ଦପ୍ରିୟାମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 120
I pray to thee O goddess LaxmI, born out of a (large) lake, daughter of
the lord of the ocean, mistress of the house of Vishnu
(the one who loves her), the one (in front of whom) all other wives
of gods are like lowly servants,
unique illuminator of the worlds, by whose passing glance (alone) the
gods Brahma, Indra and Shiva (holding Ganga) obtained their riches,
the matriarch of the three worlds, and the beloved of Mukund

%E120 Word Meanings 120;

ଲକ୍ଷ୍ମୀଂ = to LaxmI;
କ୍ଷୀର = water, milk;
ସମୁଦ୍ର = the ocean;
କ୍ଷୀରସମୁଦ୍ର = a specific ocean or ocean in general, body of water;
ରାଜ = of the king;
ତନୟାଂ = (to) daughter;
ଶ୍ରୀ = relating to Prosperity; wealth; goddess LakShmi and ` shrIH’ is;
fem.nom.; also an honourable prefix;
ଶ୍ରୀରଙ୍ଗ = Vishnu, the one who loves ShrI;
ଶ୍ରୀରଙ୍ଗଧାମେଶ୍ଵରୀଂ = mistress of the house of ShrIranga;
ଦାସୀଭୂତ = having been a female servant;
ସମସ୍ତ = the entire;
ଦେଵଵନିତାଂ = (to) wife of a god;
ଲୋକ = world;
ଦୀପାଙ୍କୁରାଂ = the tip of the flame of the lamp or the spark, wick;
କଟାକ୍ଷ = glance;
ମନ୍ଦକଟାକ୍ଷ = passing glance;
ଲବ୍ଧ = obtained, from labh to obtain;
ଵିଭଵ = glory, splendor, riches;
ବ୍ରହ୍ମେନ୍ଦ୍ର = the Brahma and Indra;
ଗଙ୍ଗାଧର = Shiva, bearing or wearing `gangA’;;
ତ୍ଵାଂ = you;
ତ୍ରୈଲୋକ୍ୟ = relating to three worlds;
କୁଟୁମ୍ବିନୀ = wife or matriarch;
ସରସିଜ = the lake-born, lotus;
ଵନ୍ଦେ = I worship; bow;
ମୁକୁନ୍ଦପ୍ରିୟାଂ = she who is dear to Mukunda;
Shloka 121 Laxmi

ସ୍ମରାମି ନିତ୍ୟଂ ଦେଵେଶି ତ୍ଵୟା ପ୍ରେରିତ ମାନସଃ ।
ତ୍ଵଦାଜ୍ଞା ଶିର ଧୃତ୍ଵା ଭଜାମି ପରମେଶ୍ଵରୀମ୍ ।
ଓଂ ମହାଲକ୍ଷ୍ମ୍ୟୈ ନମଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 121
O Devi, I adore You always, I am ever inspired by You. Having
placed Your Command on my head (surrendering to Your Divine
Will), O Supreme Goddess, I pray to you constantly..

%E121 Word Meanings 121;

ସ୍ମରାମି = I remember;
ନିତ୍ୟଂ = ever; permanent;
ଦେଵେଶି = ?? ;
ତ୍ଵୟା = by you;
ପ୍ରେରିତ = having been induced or egged on or sent;
ମାନସଃ = of the mind;
ତ୍ଵଦାଜ୍ଞା = your orders or command;
ଶିର = relating to the head(adj.)head;
ଧୃତ୍ଵା = having worn or borne;
ଭଜାମି = I worship;
ପରମେଶ୍ଵରୀଂ = ?? ;
ଓଂ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ମହା = big; large;
ଲକ୍ଷ୍ମୟୈ = ?? ;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 122 Laxmi

ସିଦ୍ଧିବୁଦ୍ଧିପ୍ରଦେ ଦେଵି ଭୁକ୍ତିମୁକ୍ତି ପ୍ରଦାୟିନି ।
ମନ୍ତ୍ରମୂର୍ତେ ସଦା ଦେଵି ମହାଲକ୍ଷ୍ମି ନମୋଽସ୍ତୁତେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 122
Oh Goddess, you bless us with intellectual as well as material
wealth, and give us worldly enjoyments as well as liberation from
this cycle of births and deaths. I always salute you, Oh Goddess
MahalakShmi, the embodiment of all prayers..

%E122 Word Meanings 122;

ସିଦ୍ଧିବୁଦ୍ଧିପ୍ରଦେ = Oh! the giver of material objects and intellect;
ଦେଵି = Oh! goddess;
ଭୁକ୍ତିମୁକ୍ତି = The worldy enjoyment and liberation from births and deaths;
ପ୍ରଦାୟିନି = Oh! the giver;
ମନ୍ତ୍ରମୂର୍ତେ = Oh! embodiment of the mantra!;
ସଦା = always; ever;
ଦେଵି = Oh! goddess;
ମହାଲକ୍ଷ୍ମି = Oh! MahalakShmi;
ନମୋଽସ୍ତୁତେ = Salutations unto Thee;
Shloka 123 Laxmi

ଵନ୍ଦେ ପଦ୍ମକରାଂ ପ୍ରସନ୍ନଵଦନାଂ ସୌଭାଗ୍ୟଦାଂ ଭାଗ୍ୟଦାମ୍ ।
ହସ୍ତାଭ୍ୟାମଭୟପ୍ରଦାଂ ମଣିଗଣୈର୍ନାନା ଵିଧୈର୍ଭୂଷିତାମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 123
I worship that Goddess whose hands are delicate like lotuses,
with a pleasing countenance and who grants all
auspicious things and good fortune, whose hands, which
are adorned with ornaments and beautiful gems of all kinds,
are a source of refuge to all devotees..

%E123 Word Meanings 123;

ଵନ୍ଦେ = I worship; bow;
ପଦ୍ମକରାଂ = the one having lotus-like hands;
ପ୍ରସନ୍ନଵଦନାଂ = the one with pleasing face;
ସୌଭାଗ୍ୟଦାଂ = the one granting the good and auspicious things;
ଭାଗ୍ୟଦାଂ = one who grants good fortune;
ହସ୍ତାଭ୍ୟାମଭୟପ୍ରଦାଂ = the one giving freedom from fear through the two hands;
ମଣିଗଣୈଃ = through groups of gems;
ନାନା = many; several;
ଵିଧୈଃ = by several or different ways or kinds;
ଭୂଷିତାଂ = the one decorated with ornaments;
Shloka 124 Laxmi

ଭକ୍ତାଭୀଷ୍ଟଫଲପ୍ରଦାମ୍ ହରିହର ବ୍ରହ୍ମାଦିଭିଃ ସେଵିତାମ୍ ।
ପାର୍ଶ୍ଵେ ପଙ୍କଜ ଶଙ୍ଖପଦ୍ମନିଧିଭିର୍ୟୁକ୍ତାମ୍ ସଦା ଶକ୍ତିଭିଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 124
I salute to this Goddess who always symbolises
power and who grants all the boons
that are sought by her devotees, who has the two undiminishing
treasures in front of her, and is worshipped and served
even by the trinity of Brahma, Vishnu, Shiva and other Gods..

%E124 Word Meanings 124;

ଭକ୍ତାଭୀଷ୍ଟଫଲପ୍ରଦାଂ = fulfilling devotee’s desires;
ହରିହର = of Hari and Hara i.e. Vishnu and Shiva;
ବ୍ରହ୍ମାଦିଭିଃ = by Brahma and others i.e Vishnu, Shiva etc.;
ସେଵିତାଂ = the worshipped or served one;
ପାର୍ଶ୍ଵେ = in front;
ପଙ୍କଜ = of the lotus;
ଶଙ୍ଖପଦ୍ମନିଧିଭିର୍ୟୁକ୍ତାଂ = `sha.nkhanidhi’ and `padmanidhi’ (2 kinds of treasures);
ସଦା = always; ever;
ଶକ୍ତିଭିଃ = by the power;
Shloka 125 Laxmi

ସରସିଜନୟନେ ସରୋଜ ହସ୍ତେ ଧଵଳତରାଂ ଶୁକଗନ୍ଧମାଲ୍ୟଶୋଭେ ।
ଭଗଵତି ହରିଵଲ୍ଲଭେ ମନୋଜ୍ଞେ ତ୍ରିଭୁଵନଭୂତିକରି ପ୍ରସୀଦମହ୍ୟମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 125
Oh! Goddess, with beautiful eyes, fairer in complexion than the lotus in you han
ds, and shining with fragrant garlands. You are indeed the darling of Lord vish
hNu and one who can know my mind. You have created these three worlds and our pr
osperity depends on you. So, be pleased and bless me..

%E125 Word Meanings 125;

ସରସିଜନୟନେ = Oh! the one with lotus-like eyes;
ସରୋଜ = lotus;
ହସ୍ତେ = in the hand;
ଧଵଳତରାଂ = the one who is whiter;
ଶୁକଗନ୍ଧମାଲ୍ୟଶୋଭେ = Oh! the one shining with parrot, sandal paste and garland;
ଭଗଵତି = Oh goddess!;
ହରିଵଲ୍ଲଭେ = Oh! the darling of Hari (Vishnu);
ମନୋଜ୍ଞେ = Oh! the knower of the mind;
ତ୍ରିଭୁଵନଭୂତିକରି = the creator of the three worlds or the giver
of happiness and prosperity to the three worlds;
ପ୍ରସୀଦମହ୍ୟମ୍ = Be pleased or favourable towards me;
Shloka 126 Laxmi

ମାତର୍ନମାମି କମଲେ କମଲାୟତାକ୍ଷି
ଶ୍ରୀଵିଶ୍ଣୁହୃତ୍କମଲ ଵାସିନି ଵିଶ୍ଵମାତଃ ।
କ୍ଷୀରୋଦଜେ କମଲକୋମଲ ଗର୍ଭ ଗୌରି
ଲକ୍ଷ୍ମୀ ! ପ୍ରସୀଦ ସତତଂ ନମତାଂ ଶରଣ୍ୟେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 126
Oh! mother LakShmi who is like the lotus, whose eyes are wide like the lotus, w
ho resides in the lotus heart of Lord viShNu, and who was born from the lotus
like womb of the milky ocean, you are so worthy of seeking refuge, so mother, al
ways take care of all the devotees who seek your blessing..

%E126 Word Meanings 126;

ମାତଃ = mother;
ନମାମି = I salute;
କମଲେ = Kamala (LakShmi);
କମଲାୟତାକ୍ଷି = Oh! the one with lotus-like long eyes;
ଶ୍ରୀଵିଶ୍ଣୁହୃତ୍କମଲ = Vishnu’s lotus-like heart;
ଵାସିନି = Oh! the dweller;
ଵିଶ୍ଵମାତଃ = Oh! the mother of the Universe;
କ୍ଷୀରୋଦଜେ = Oh! the one born of the milky ocean;
କମଲକୋମଲ = of the one as tender or delicate as the lotus;
ଗର୍ଭ = relating to the womb;
ଗୌରି = Oh! Gauri;
ଲକ୍ଷ୍ମୀ = Goddess LakShmi; consort of Vishnu;
ପ୍ରସୀଦ = favour or bless;
ସତତଂ = constant, continuos;
ନମତାଂ = of the people who bow or salute or worship;
ଶରଣ୍ୟେ = Oh! the one worthy for seeking refuge;
Shloka 127 Laxmi

ମହାଲକ୍ଷ୍ମୀ ଚ ଵିଦ୍ମହେ । ଵିଷ୍ଣୁପତ୍ନୀ ଚ ଧୀମହି ।
ତନ୍ନୋ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ହ୍ମୀଃ ପ୍ରଚୋଦୟାତ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 127
This is my offering to the goddess of wealth . I meditate to this wife
of mahAviShNu. Let that Goddess lakShmI inspire me..

%E127 Word Meanings 127;

ମହାଲକ୍ଷ୍ମୀ = consort of Vishnu; goddess of wealth and prosperity;
ଚ = and;
ଵିଦ୍ମହେ = offering;
ଵିଷ୍ଣୁପତ୍ନୀ = the consort of Vishnu i.e.LakShmi;
ଚ = and;
ଧୀମହି = May meditate;
ତନ୍ନୋ = ?? ;
ଲକ୍ଷ୍ହ୍ମୀଃ = Oh! LakShmi;
ପ୍ରଚୋଦୟାତ୍ = inspire; kindle; urge; induce;;
Shloka 128 Laxmi

ଓଂ ହ୍ରୀମ୍ ଶ୍ରୀମ୍ କ୍ଲୀମ୍ ମହାଲକ୍ଷ୍ମି ମହାଲକ୍ଷ୍ମି ।
ୟେହି ୟେହି ସର୍ଵସୌଭାଗ୍ୟମ୍ ଦେହି ମେ ସ୍ଵାହା ॥ ॥

Meaning 128
OM! hrim, shrim, klim, MahalakShmi, MahalakShmi give me good fortune..

%E128 Word Meanings 128;

ଓଂ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ହ୍ରୀମ୍ = ?? ;
ଶ୍ରୀମ୍ = ?? ;
କ୍ଲୀମ୍ = ?? ;
ମହାଲକ୍ଷ୍ମି = ?? ;
ୟେହି = ?? ;
ସର୍ଵସୌଭାଗ୍ୟମ୍ = ?? ;
ଦେହି = ?? ;
ମେ = ?? ;
ସ୍ଵାହା = ?? ;
Shloka 129 Devi

ସମୁଦ୍ରଵସନେ ଦେଵି ପର୍ଵତସ୍ତନମଣ୍ଡଲେ ।
ଵିଷ୍ଣୁପତ୍ନି ନମସ୍ତୁଭ୍ୟଂ ପାଦସ୍ପର୍ଶଂ କ୍ଷମସ୍ଵମେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 129
O Mother Earth, spouse of Vishnu, your robes are oceans,
and your bosoms the mountains, forgive us,
your children, who walk over you every day, O kind mother!.

%E129 Word Meanings 129;

ସମୁଦ୍ରଵସନେ = Oh! the one having the ocean as the dress;
ଦେଵି = Oh! goddess;
ପର୍ଵତସ୍ତନମଣ୍ଡଲେ = mountains like breasts;
ଵିଷ୍ଣୁପତ୍ନି = Oh! the wife of Vishnu;
ନମସ୍ତୁଭ୍ୟଂ = I bow to thee;
ପାଦସ୍ପର୍ଶଂ = touching of the feet;
କ୍ଷମସ୍ଵମେ = forgive us;
Shloka 130 Devi

ସର୍ଵ ମଙ୍ଗଲ ମାଙ୍ଗଲ୍ୟେ ଶିଵେ ସର୍ଵାର୍ଥ ସାଧିକେ ।
ଶରଣ୍ୟେ ତ୍ର୍ୟମ୍ବକେ ଗୌରୀ ନାରାୟଣୀ ନମୋଽସ୍ତୁତେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 130
Salutations to the auspicious one, who gives auspiciousness,
the spouse of Shiva, who blesses us by fulfilling all our
desires, who is worthy for seeking refuge, who is the three-eyed
Goddess, Gauri and Narayani..

%E130 Word Meanings 130;

ସର୍ଵ = all;
ମଙ୍ଗଲ = at (N) auspiciousness; welfare; well-being; good things;
ମାଙ୍ଗଲ୍ୟେ = Oh! the giver of auspiciouness; well-being;
ଶିଵେ = Oh! auspicious one; Oh! Shiva’s consort;
ସର୍ଵାର୍ଥ = for the attainment of all wealth or ends;
ସାଧିକେ = Oh! the one who can get things done;
ଶରଣ୍ୟେ = Oh! the one worthy for seeking refuge;
ତ୍ର୍ୟମ୍ବକେ = Oh! three-eyed goddess;
ଗୌରୀ = goddess Parvati or a lady of white fair complexion;
ନାରାୟଣୀ = Narayani or Durga;
ନମୋଽସ୍ତୁତେ = Salutations unto Thee;
Shloka 131 Devi

ୟା ଦେଵୀ ସର୍ଵଭୂତେଷୁ ମାତୃରୂପେଣ ସଂସ୍ଥିତା ।
ୟା ଦେଵୀ ସର୍ଵଭୂତେଷୁ ଶକ୍ତିରୂପେଣ ସଂସ୍ଥିତା ।
ୟା ଦେଵୀ ସର୍ଵଭୂତେଷୁ ଶାନ୍ତିରୂପେଣ ସଂସ୍ଥିତା ।
ନମସ୍ତସ୍ୟୈ ନମସ୍ତସ୍ୟୈ ନମସ୍ତସ୍ୟୈ ନମୋ ନମଃ ।
ଓଂ ଅମ୍ବାୟୈ ନମଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 131
Adorations to the Divine Mother!
Again and again adorations unto that Devi (Goddess) who manifests in
all living beings as the Mother. Adorations to Her!
Again and again adorations unto that Devi (Goddess) who manifests in
all living beings as Energy. Adorations to Her!
Again and again adorations unto that Devi (Goddess) who manifests in
all living beings as Peace. Adorations to Her!.

%E131 Word Meanings 131;

ୟା = She who;
ଦେଵୀ = goddess;
ସର୍ଵଭୂତେଷୁ = among all the living beings;
ମାତୃରୂପେଣ = through the form of Mother;
ସଂସ୍ଥିତା = well-positioned; standing well;
ୟା = She who;
ଦେଵୀ = goddess;
ସର୍ଵଭୂତେଷୁ = among all the living beings;
ଶକ୍ତିରୂପେଣ = in the form of strength;
ସଂସ୍ଥିତା = well-positioned; standing well;
ୟା = She who;
ଦେଵୀ = goddess;
ସର୍ଵଭୂତେଷୁ = among all the living beings;
ଶାନ୍ତିରୂପେଣ = in the form of peace;
ସଂସ୍ଥିତା = well-positioned; standing well;
ନମସ୍ତସ୍ୟୈ = salutations unto thee;
ନମସ୍ତସ୍ୟୈ = salutations unto thee;
ନମସ୍ତସ୍ୟୈ = salutations unto thee;
ନମୋ = bowing; salute;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
ଓଂ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ଅମ୍ବାୟୈ = to the goddess or mother;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 132 Devi

ଅନ୍ନପୂର୍ଣେ ସଦାପୂର୍ଣେ ଶଙ୍କରଃ ପ୍ରାଣଵଲ୍ଲଭେ ।
ଜ୍ଞାନ ଵୈରାଗ୍ୟ ସିଦ୍ଧ୍ୟର୍ଥଂ ଭିକ୍ଷାଂ ଦେହି ଚ ପାର୍ଵତୀ ॥ ॥

Meaning 132
O Goddess Sarasvati, Provider of food, always complete,
dear to the heart of Lord Shankar, I beg you for getting Knowledge and Renunciation.

Replete with food, perfect at all times, beloved charmerof Shankara’s life, O
Parvati, give me alms for fulfilment of knowledge and detachment..

%E132 Word Meanings 132;

ଅନ୍ନପୂର୍ଣେ = Oh goddess `annapUrNA’ meaning full of food;
ସଦାପୂର୍ଣେ = Oh! ever-complete!;
ଶଙ୍କରଃ = Shankara ; one who grants auspicious things; Shiva or
a person by that name;
ପ୍ରାଣଵଲ୍ଲଭେ = Oh! goddess you are dear to your lord as dear as life;
ଜ୍ଞାନ = ?? ;
ଵୈରାଗ୍ୟ = without passions; having overcome emotions;
ସିଦ୍ଧ୍ୟର୍ଥଂ = for the purpose of materialisation;
ଭିକ୍ଷାଂ = ?? ;
ଦେହି = Give;
ଚ = and;
ପାର୍ଵତୀ = goddess Parvati, Shiva’s consort;
Shloka 133 Devi

ୟୁକ୍ତାମିନ୍ଦୁକଲାନିବଦ୍ଧମୁକୁଟାଂ ତତ୍ତ୍ଵାର୍ଥଵର୍ଣାତ୍ମିକାମ୍ ।
ଗାୟତ୍ରୀଂ ଵରଦାଭୟାଙ୍କୁଶକଶାଶୂଲଂ କପାଲଂ ଗୁଣଂ
ଶଙ୍ଖଂ ଚକ୍ରମଥାରଵିନ୍ଦୟୁଗୁଲଂ ହସ୍ତୈର୍ଵହନ୍ତୀଂ ଭଜେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 133
I worship GayatrI, the goddess with faces having three eyes and
illuminations from pearls, corals, gold and sapphire,
with a crown sparkling with moonlight, with the essence of the
ultimate truth – the word Om, carrying in her hands the propitious and
assuring implements- a hook, a whip, a spear, a skull, a rope, a
conch, a circular weapon and a pair of lotuses.

%E133 Word Meanings 133;

ମୁକ୍ତା = pearl;
ଵିଦ୍ରୁମ = coral;
ହେମ = gold;
ନୀଲ = sapphire;
ଧଵଲ = white;
ଛାୟା = shadow, reflection, lustre, hallucination;
ଈକ୍ଷଣ = eye;
ତ୍ରୀକ୍ଷଣ = the one with three eyes;
ଇନ୍ଦୁକଲା = moon light, moon phase;
ତତ୍ତ୍ଵାର୍ଥ୍ = the ultimate truth, Brahman;
ଗାୟତ୍ରୀଂ = (to) the goddess or mantra known as `gAyatrI’;
ଵରଦ = (a) boon-giving, propitious;
ଅଭୟ = (a) assuring;
ଅଙ୍କୁଶ = hook, goad;
କଶା = whip;
ଶୂଲ = spear;
କପାଲ = skull;
ଗୁଣ = rope;
ଶଙ୍ଖ = the conch shell;
ଚକ୍ର = wheel, disc, the famous weapon of Vishnu;
ହସ୍ତୈର୍ଵହନ୍ତୀ = carrying or bearing by the hands;
ଭଜେ = I worship;
Shloka 134 Devi

ନମୋ ଦେଵ୍ୟୈ ମହାଦେଵ୍ୟୈ ଶିଵାୟୈ ସତତଂ ନମଃ ।
ନମଃ ପ୍ରକୃତ୍ୟୈ ଭଦ୍ରାୟୈ ନିୟତାଃ ପ୍ରଣତାଃ ସ୍ମ ତାମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 134
Salutations to the goddess who is the greatest of all Goddesses. We
always worship to this consort of Lord Shiva. Salutations to this
Goddess who takes the form of mother nature and who grants all good
happennings to us, to Her, we bow and offer our salutations..

%E134 Word Meanings 134;

ନମୋ = bowing; salute;
ଦେଵ୍ୟୈ = to the goddess or god-like woman;
ମହାଦେଵ୍ୟୈ = to the great goddess;
ଶିଵାୟୈ = to Shiva;
ସତତଂ = constant, regular;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
ପ୍ରକୃତ୍ୟୈ = to the female aspect of God or Nature;
ଭଦ୍ରାୟୈ = to the one who is good or grants well-being;
ନିୟତାଃ = restrained; regulated; self-controlled; fixed; destined;
ପ୍ରଣତାଃ = the bowing persons or the worshippers;
ସ୍ମ = When added to present tense, past tense is indicated;
ତାଂ = her;
Shloka 135 Devi

ନାରାୟଣି ମହାମାୟେ ଵିଷ୍ଣୁମାୟେ ସନାତନି ।
ପ୍ରାଣାଧିଦେଵି କୃଷ୍ଣସ୍ୟ ମାମୁଦ୍ଧର ଭଵାର୍ଣଵାତ୍ ।
ଓଂ କ୍ଲୀଂ ରାଧାୟୈ ନମଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 135
Adorations to Goddess Radha!
Adorations to the beloved of Krishna! Adorations to Goddess
Narayani, The Supreme Power!.

%E135 Word Meanings 135;

ନାରାୟଣି = Oh! part of Narayana also of Shiva as Durga;
ମହାମାୟେ = Oh. goddess of great illusory powers;
ଵିଷ୍ଣୁମାୟେ = Oh! the illusory power or Maya of Vishnu;
ସନାତନି = Oh! the ancient one;
ପ୍ରାଣାଧିଦେଵି = ?? ;
କୃଷ୍ଣସ୍ୟ = Krishna’s;
ମାମୁଦ୍ଧର = ?? ;
ଭଵାର୍ଣଵାତ୍ = from the ocean of `bhava’ births and deaths;
ଓଂ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
କ୍ଲୀଂ = ?? ;
ରାଧାୟୈ = to Radha;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 136 Devi

ଵିଶ୍ଵେଶ୍ଵରୀଂ ଜଗଦ୍ଧାତ୍ରୀଂ ସ୍ଥିତି ସଂହାର କାରିଣୀମ୍ ।
ନିଦ୍ରାଂ ଭଗଵତୀଂ ଵିଷ୍ଣୋରତୁଲାଂ ତେଜସଃ ପ୍ରଭୋ ॥ ॥

Meaning 136
O Goddess of the Universe! You are the sustainer, protector and
destroyer of the world. O Goddess of Sleep! You are the incomparable
effulgence of Lord Vishnu!.

%E136 Word Meanings 136;

ଵିଶ୍ଵେଶ୍ଵରୀଂ = the one who is controlling the Universe;
ଜଗଦ୍ଧାତ୍ରୀଂ = the one who is carrying or supporting the world;
ସ୍ଥିତି = of existence; maintenance; establishment; position or state;
ସଂହାର = destruction;
କାରିଣୀଂ = the doer;
ନିଦ୍ରାଂ = sleep;
ଭଗଵତୀଂ = the goddess;
ଵିଷ୍ଣୋରତୁଲାଂ = ?? ;
ତେଜସଃ = from the shine ; brilliant energy;
ପ୍ରଭୋ = Oh! master!;
Shloka 137 Devi

ନିତ୍ୟାନନ୍ଦକରୀ ଵରାଭୟକରୀ ସୌନ୍ଦର୍ୟ ରତ୍ନାକରୀ
ନିର୍ଧୂତାଖିଲ ଘୋରପାଵନକରୀ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷମାହେଶ୍ଵରୀ ।
ପ୍ରାଲେୟାଚଲଵଂଶପାଵନକରୀ କାଶୀପୁରାଧୀଶ୍ଵରୀ
ଭିକ୍ଷାଂ ଦେହି କୃପାଵଲମ୍ବନକରୀ ମାତାନ୍ନପୂର୍ଣେଶ୍ଵରୀ ॥ ॥

Meaning 137
Oh Goddess adorned with beautiful gems, you are one who gives
eternal happiness, grants boons and gives refuge to all devotees.
Oh Supreme Goddess, who appears before my very eyes, you make even
a terrible sinner, free of his sins. You are the sanctifier of the
Himalayan dynasty and the presiding deity of the sacred city of
Kashi. You are the Goddess, who provides merciful support to all
devotees. Oh mother, in whose presence there is never a scarcity of
food, I beg you to feed me..

%E137 Word Meanings 137;

ନିତ୍ୟାନନ୍ଦକରୀ = maker of everlasting happiness or bliss;
ଵରାଭୟକରୀ = the one who grants boons and refuge;
ସୌନ୍ଦର୍ୟ = beautiful;
ରତ୍ନାକରୀ = the maker of gems or the sea which contains gems;
ନିର୍ଧୂତାଖିଲ = all, referring to sins, shaken off;
ଘୋରପାଵନକରୀ = the one who makes even a terrible sinner, a sacred one;
ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷମାହେଶ୍ଵରୀ = MAheswari who is revealing herself before one’s eyes;
ପ୍ରାଲେୟାଚଲଵଂଶପାଵନକରୀ = Oh! the sanctifier of the Himalaya dynasty;
କାଶୀପୁରାଧୀଶ୍ଵରୀ = the presiding deity of Kashi city;
ଭିକ୍ଷାଂ = alms given in charity;
ଦେହି = Give;
କୃପାଵଲମ୍ବନକରୀ = one who provides the merciful support;
ମାତାନ୍ନପୂର୍ଣେଶ୍ଵରୀ = ?? ;
Shloka 138 Devi

ଅୟି ଗିରିନଂଦିନି ନଂଦିତମେଦିନି ଵିଶ୍ଵଵିନୋଦିନି ନଂଦନୁତେ
ଗିରିଵର ଵିଂଧ୍ୟ ଶିରୋଧିନିଵାସିନି ଵିଷ୍ଣୁଵିଲାସିନି ଜିଷ୍ଣୁନୁତେ ।
ଭଗଵତି ହେ ଶିତିକଣ୍ଠକୁଟୁଂବିନି ଭୂରି କୁଟୁଂବିନି ଭୂରି କୃତେ
ଜୟ ଜୟ ହେ ମହିଷାସୁରମର୍ଦିନି ରମ୍ୟକପର୍ଦିନି ଶୈଲସୁତେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 138
I pray to you, Oh loved daughter of the mountain (himavAn), who
is praised by the whole world and the one who entertains the
universe.You control the entire world, residing in the peak of the
great Vindhya mountain and Lord ViShNu himself, is so fond of you.
Oh! Goddess who is the mistress of the Shiva family and belonging
to Lord Shiva’s and Vishnu’s families, please bring us a lot of
good. Let there be victory to you, Oh beautiful daughter of the
mountain and slayer of the demon mahishAsura..

%E138 Word Meanings 138;

ଅୟି = Oh goddess! or lady!;
ଗିରିନଂଦିନି = the delighter, daughter of the mountain; refers to Parvati;
ନଂଦିତମେଦିନି = Oh! the one praised by the world;
ଵିଶ୍ଵଵିନୋଦିନି = Oh! the one who entertains the Universe;
ନଂଦନୁତେ = Oh! the one praised by Nanda;
ଗିରିଵର = the great mountain;
ଵିଂଧ୍ୟ = relating to the Vindhya mountain or region;
ଶିରୋଧିନିଵାସିନି = Oh! the one who lives in the head i.e controls the head;
ଵିଷ୍ଣୁଵିଲାସିନି = Vishnu’s entertainer;
ଜିଷ୍ଣୁନୁତେ = Oh! the conquering one;
ଭଗଵତି = Oh goddess!;
ହେ = vocative for addressing a male;
ଶିତିକଣ୍ଠକୁଟୁଂବିନି = Oh! the mistress of the Shiva family;
ଭୂରି = in good measure; excessive also refers to Vishnu and Shiva;
କୁଟୁଂବିନି = ?? ;
ଭୂରି = in good measure; excessive also refers to Vishnu and Shiva;
କୃତେ = for the sake of;
ଜୟ = at (M.nom.) victory;
ଜୟ = at (M.nom.) victory;
ହେ = vocative for addressing a male;
ମହିଷାସୁରମର୍ଦିନି = Oh! crusher of the Mahishasura demon;
ରମ୍ୟକପର୍ଦିନି = ?? ;
ଶୈଲସୁତେ = Oh! the daughter of the mountain;
Shloka 139 Devi

ଚତୁର୍ଭୁଜେ ଚନ୍ଦ୍ରକଲାଵତଂସେ
କୁଚୋନ୍ନତେ କୁଙ୍କୁମରାଗଶୋଣେ ।
ପୁଣ୍ଡ୍ରେକ୍ଷୁ ପାଷଂଙ୍କ୍ଷ ପୁଷ୍ପବାଣ
ହସ୍ତେ ନମସ୍ତେ ଜଗଦେକମାତଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 139
I bow to thee, the one with four hands, with ornaments sparkling
like moon, with large firm breasts, reddened by the color of the saffron,
the one with eyes like a lotus, ??, aide to the God of Love,
and the unique mother of the worlds..

%E139 Word Meanings 139;

ଚତୁର୍ଭୁଜ = One with four hands;
ଚନ୍ଦ୍ରକଲ୍ଲଵତଂସ = (with) ornaments (avata.nsa) sparkling like
moonlight (cha.ndrakalA);
କୁଚୋନ୍ନତ = one with elevated (unnata) breasts (kucha);
କୁଙ୍କୁମରାଗ = color (rAga) of saffron (kumkuma);
ଶୋଣ = red;
ପୁଣ୍ଡ୍ରେକ୍ଷୁ = with eyes (Ixu) like lotus (puNDra);
ପାଷଂଙ୍କ୍ଷ = ?? ;
ପୁଷ୍ପବାଣ = at (M.nom.) one having flowers as arrows; generally refers to Cupid;
ନମସ୍ତେ = I salute (namaH) to you (te);
ଜଗଦେକମାତଃ = unique mother (ekamAtaH) of the worlds (jagat);
Shloka 140 Devi

ବ୍ରାହ୍ମୀ ମାହେଶ୍ଵରୀ ଚୈଵ କୌମାରୀ ଵୈଷ୍ଣଵୀ ତଥା ।
ଵାରାହୀ ଚ ତଥେନ୍ଦ୍ରାଣୀ ଚାମୁଣ୍ଡା ସପ୍ତମାତରଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 140
Salutations to the seven mothers, Goddesses sarasvatI (the wife of
Lord Brahma), mAheshvarI (the wife of Lord Shiva), kaumArI,
Goddess lakShmI (the wife of Lord viShNu), Durga, IndrANi (wife
of Lord Indra) and chAmuNDi..

%E140 Word Meanings 140;

ବ୍ରାହ୍ମୀ = relating to Brahman (godhead);
ମାହେଶ୍ଵରୀ = one of the epithets of goddess like Durga;
ଚୈଵ = and like;
କୌମାରୀ = young wife or woman; youthful; one of the epithets of goddess Durga etal;
ଵୈଷ୍ଣଵୀ = an epithet of the Supreme Goddess; Vishnu’s female aspect;
ତଥା = like that (cf. yathA tathA);
ଵାରାହୀ = an epithet of Durga; the female aspect of Vishnu who took
the avatar of a great pig; the earth;
ଚ = and;
ତଥେନ୍ଦ୍ରାଣୀ = ?? ;
ଚାମୁଣ୍ଡା = an epithet of goddess Durga (who killed 2 demons named
`cha.NDa’ and `mu.NDa’);
ସପ୍ତମାତରଃ = the seven Mothers;
Shloka 141 Devi

ପୃଥ୍ଵି ତ୍ଵୟା ଧୃତା ଲୋକା ଦେଵି ତ୍ଵଂ ଵିଷ୍ଣୁନା ଧୃତା ।
ତ୍ଵଂ ଚ ଧାରୟ ମାଂ ଦେଵି ପଵିତ୍ରଂ କୁରୁ ଚାସନମ୍ (ସ୍ଥଣ୍ଡିଲମ୍)

Meaning 141
Oh! Mother earth you have held the people and Oh! Goddess (Earth) you
are held by Sri Vishnu; you hold me and purify the place I sit..

%E141 Word Meanings 141;

ପୃଥ୍ଵି = of the world or earth;
ତ୍ଵୟା = by you;
ଧୃତା = having borne or worn; the female one who is bearing or wearing;
ଲୋକା = of the worlds; the people;
ଦେଵି = Oh! goddess;
ତ୍ଵଂ = you;
ଵିଷ୍ଣୁନା = by Vishnu;
ଧୃତା = having borne or worn; the female one who is bearing or wearing;
ତ୍ଵଂ = you;
ଚ = and;
ଧାରୟ = take the form; bear or wear;
ମାଂ = me;
ଦେଵି = Oh! goddess;
ପଵିତ୍ରଂ = sacred one;
କୁରୁ = do;
ଆସନମ୍ = seat;
ସ୍ଥଣ୍ଡିଲମ୍ = ?? ;
Shloka 142 Devi

ଶରଣାଗତଦୀନାର୍ତପରିତ୍ରାଣପରାୟଣେ ।
ସର୍ଵସ୍ୟାର୍ତିହରେ ଦେଵି ନାରାୟଣି ନମୋଽସ୍ତୁ ତେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 142
Oh! Goddess, who is part of Lord viShNu and Shiva(as Durga), who removes
all afflictions, and who is the saviour of all the weak and afflicted
devotees who surrender to you, I salute you..

%E142 Word Meanings 142;

ଶରଣାଗତଦୀନାର୍ତପରିତ୍ରାଣପରାୟଣେ = to the one dedicated to the
rescue of the surrendered, weak and afflicted (devotees);
ସର୍ଵସ୍ୟାର୍ତିହରେ = Oh! the remover of the afflictions of all;
ଦେଵି = Oh! goddess;
ନାରାୟଣି = Oh! part of Narayana also of Shiva as Durga;
ନମୋଽସ୍ତୁ = let there be my or our bowing or salutation;
ତେ = to you or your (here:poss.);
Shloka 143 Devi

କାତ୍ୟାୟନ୍ୟୈ ଚ ଵିଦ୍ମହେ । କନ୍ୟକୁମାର୍ୟୈ ଧୀମହି ।
ତନ୍ନୋ ଦୁର୍ଗା ପ୍ରଚୋଦୟତ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 143
This is my offering to the goddess kAtyAyini .
I meditate to this virgin goddess.
Let that durgA, (who can be approached only by great penance) inspire me..

%E143 Word Meanings 143;

କାତ୍ୟାୟନ୍ୟୈ = to the goddess Katyayini;
ଚ = and;
ଵିଦ୍ମହେ = offering;
କନ୍ୟକୁମାର୍ୟୈ = to goddess Durga;
ଧୀମହି = May meditate;
ତନ୍ନୋ = ?? ;
ଦୁର୍ଗା = goddess Durga (one who can be approached or realised with
great difficulty e.g. `durgaH’ meaning a fort );
ପ୍ରଚୋଦୟତ୍ = induces; activates;
Shloka 144 Devi

ଦୁର୍ଗେ ସ୍ମୃତା ହରସି ଭୀତିମଶେଷଜନ୍ତୋଃ
ସ୍ଵସ୍ଥ୍ୟୈ ସ୍ମ୍ରିତା ମତିମତୀଵ ଶୁଭାଂ ଦଦାସି ।
ଦାରିଦ୍ର୍ୟଦୁଃଖ ଭୟହାରିଣୀ କା ତ୍ୟଦନ୍ୟା
ସର୍ଵୋପକାର କରଣାୟ ସଦାଦ୍ରଚିତ୍ତା ।
ଓଂ ଦୁଂ ଦୁର୍ଗାୟୈ ନମଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 144
Adorations to Goddess Durga!
O Mother Durga! Whoever remembers you during a difficult situation,
he is freed from all forms of fear. When called to mind by those who
are in a healthy condition, you grant them a pure intellect. Who is there
but you — the dispeller of poverty, pain and fear. Whose heart is ever
compassionate for doing good to everyone!.

%E144 Word Meanings 144;

ଦୁର୍ଗେ = Oh! Durga!;
ସ୍ମୃତା = remembered thing;
ହରସି = You destroy;
ଭୀତିମଶେଷଜନ୍ତୋଃ = the entire fear of the living beings, without
leaving any remainder;
ସ୍ଵସ୍ଥ୍ୟୈ = to the goddess who grants well being;
ସ୍ମ୍ରିତା = ?? ;
ମତିମତୀଵ = ?? ;
ଶୁଭାଂ = the auspicious one;
ଦଦାସି = You give;
ଦାରିଦ୍ର୍ୟଦୁଃଖ = difficulty or unhappiness or sorrow caused by poverty;
ଭୟହାରିଣୀ = the one who removes fear;
କା = who;
ତ୍ୟଦନ୍ୟା = ?? ;
ସର୍ଵୋପକାର = helping all; in favour of all;
କରଣାୟ = for the sense organ;
ସଦାଦ୍ରଚିତ୍ତା = ?? ;
ଓଂ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ଦୁଂ = ?? ;
ଦୁର୍ଗାୟୈ = to goddess DurgA;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 145 Devi

ସର୍ଵସ୍ଵରୂପେ ସର୍ଵେଶେ ସର୍ଵଶକ୍ତି ସମନ୍ଵିତେ ।
ଭୟେଭ୍ୟସ୍ତ୍ରାହି ନୋ ଦେଵି ଦୁର୍ଗେ ଦେଵି ନମୋଽସ୍ତୁତେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 145
Oh Goddess of all Godesses, you are one who takes many forms, who
is all powerful and worshipped by all. Oh Goddess Durga, I Salute
to you and plead with you to save and protect us from all fears..

%E145 Word Meanings 145;

ସର୍ଵସ୍ଵରୂପେ = Oh! the one having all forms or the one having all in one’s form;
ସର୍ଵେଶେ = to all;
ସର୍ଵଶକ୍ତି = the all powerful;
ସମନ୍ଵିତେ = when followed;
ଭୟେଭ୍ୟସ୍ତ୍ରାହି = Save or protect from fears;
ନୋ = us or to us or ours;
ଦେଵି = Oh! goddess;
ଦୁର୍ଗେ = Oh! Durga!;
ଦେଵି = Oh! goddess;
ନମୋଽସ୍ତୁତେ = Salutations unto Thee;
Shloka 146 Benediction

ସର୍ଵେ ଭଵଂତୁ ସୁଖିନଃ ସର୍ଵେ ସଂତୁ ନିରାମୟାଃ ।
ସର୍ଵେ ଭଦ୍ରାଣି ପଶ୍ୟଂତୁ ମା କଶ୍ଚିଦ୍ ଦୁଃଖଭାଗ୍ଭଵେତ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 146
May everybody be happy, may everybody be free from disease,
may everybody see goodness, may none fall on evil days..

%E146 Word Meanings 146;

ସର୍ଵେ = all;
ଭଵଂତୁ = May them be so or let them be so or let them happen;
ସୁଖିନଃ = happy people;
ସର୍ଵେ = all;
ସଂତୁ = May them be so;
ନିରାମୟାଃ = without any illness or affliction or disease;
ସର୍ଵେ = all;
ଭଦ୍ରାଣି = good or auspicious things; those which end in happiness or welfare;
ପଶ୍ୟଂତୁ = let them see;
ମା = do not;
କଃ = who;
ଚିଦ୍ = thought; intelligence; consciousness part of the mind;
ଦୁଃଖଭାଗ୍ଭଵେତ୍ = would become a partaker of sorrow;
Shloka 147 Benediction

ଓଂ ସହ ନାଵଵତୁ । ସହ ନୌଭୁନକ୍ତୁ ।
ସହଵୀର୍ୟଂ କରଵାଵହୈ ।
ତେଜସ୍ଵି ନାଵଧୀତମସ୍ତୁ । ମା ଵିଦ୍ଵିଷାଵହୈ ।
ଓଂ ଶାଂତିଃ ଶାଂତିଃ ଶାଂତିଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 147
Om! May the Lord protect us, may he cause us to enjoy,
may we exert together, may our studies be thorough
and faithful, may we never quarrel with each other.
Om Peace Peace Peace..

%E147 Word Meanings 147;

ଓଂ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ସହ = along with; together;
ନାଵଵତୁ = ?? ;
ସହ = along with; together;
ନୌ = ?? ;
ଭୁନକ୍ତୁ = let one protect or save or nourish;
ସହଵୀର୍ୟଂ = along with strength;
କରଵାଵହୈ = ?? ;
ତେଜସ୍ଵି = one possessing brilliance or energy; vigour or shine;
ନାଵଧୀତମସ୍ତୁ = ?? ;
ମା = do not;
ଵିଦ୍ଵିଷାଵହୈ = quarrel; develop enmity;
ଓଂ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ଶାଂତିଃ = Peace; tranquility;
ଶାଂତିଃ = Peace; tranquility;
ଶାଂତିଃ = Peace; tranquility;
Shloka 148 Benediction

ଓଂ ଅସତୋ ମା ସଦ୍ଗମୟ । ତମସୋ ମା ଜ୍ୟୋତିର୍ଗମୟ ।
ମୃତ୍ୟୋର୍ମା ଅମୃତଂ ଗମୟ ।
ଓଂ ଶାଂତିଃ ଶାଂତିଃ ଶାଂତିଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 148
Om Lead us from untruth to truth, from darkness to light,
from death to immortality. Om Peace Peace Peace..

%E148 Word Meanings 148;

ଓଂ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ଅସତୋ = from untruth;
ମା = do not;
ସଦ୍ଗମୟ = Reach or lead me towards the good or truth or reality;
ତମସୋ = from darkness;
ମା = do not;
ଜ୍ୟୋତିର୍ଗମୟ = lead into the light;
ମୃତ୍ୟୋର୍ମା = do not to death;
ଅମୃତଂ = nectar;
ଗମୟ = lead me to;
ଓଂ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ଶାଂତିଃ = Peace; tranquility;
ଶାଂତିଃ = Peace; tranquility;
ଶାଂତିଃ = Peace; tranquility;
Shloka 149 Benediction

ଗଣନାଥସରସ୍ଵତୀରଵିଶୁକ୍ରବୃହସ୍ପତୀନ୍ ।
ପଂଚୈତାନ୍ ସଂସ୍ମରେନ୍ନିତ୍ୟଂ ଵେଦଵାଣୀପ୍ରଵୃତ୍ତୟେ ।

Meaning 149
One who thinks of Ganesha, Sarasvati, SUrya, Shukra and
Brahaspati (these five) everyday, his word will be treated as
equal to the sayings of the vedas..

%E149 Word Meanings 149;

ଗଣନାଥସରସ୍ଵତୀରଵିଶୁକ୍ରବୃହସ୍ପତୀନ୍ = the chief of `gaNA’,
s, Sarasvathi, Sun, Venus and Jupiter;
ପଂଚୈତାନ୍ = these five;
ସଂସ୍ମରେନ୍ନିତ୍ୟଂ = May we remember ever;
ଵେଦଵାଣୀପ୍ରଵୃତ୍ତୟେ = ?? ;
Shloka 150 Benediction

ଓଂ ଭଦ୍ରଂ କର୍ଣେଭିଃ ଶୃଣୁୟାମ ଦେଵା ।
ଭଦ୍ରଂ ପଶ୍ୟେମାକ୍ଷଭିର୍ୟଜତ୍ରାଃ ।
ସ୍ଥିରୈରଙ୍ଗୈସ୍ତୁଷ୍ଟୁଵାଂସସ୍ତନୂଭିଃ ।
ଵ୍ୟଶେମ ଦେଵହିତଂ ୟଦାୟୁଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 150
Let us hear good things through our ears, see good things through our eyes
and do good things through our bodies and please the gods whereby our life
span may be increased..

%E150 Word Meanings 150;

ଓଂ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ଭଦ୍ରଂ = well-being; welfare;
କର୍ଣେଭିଃ = through the ears;
ଶୃଣୁୟାମ = May we hear;
ଦେଵାଃ = gods;
ଭଦ୍ରଂ = well-being; welfare;
ପଶ୍ୟେମାକ୍ଷଭିର୍ୟଜତ୍ରାଃ = May we the maintainers of the sacred fire see with our eyes;
ସ୍ଥିରୈରଙ୍ଗୈସ୍ତୁଷ୍ଟୁଵାଂସସ୍ତନୂଭିଃ = ?? ;
ଵ୍ୟଶେମ = We may occupy; obtain; reach;
ଦେଵହିତଂ = that which is fit for the godsthe welfare of the gods;
ୟଦାୟୁଃ = that life span;
Shloka 151 Benediction

ସ୍ଵସ୍ତି ନ ଇନ୍ଦ୍ରୋ ଵୃଦ୍ଧଶ୍ରଵାଃ ।
ସ୍ଵସ୍ତି ନଃ ପୂଷା ଵିଶ୍ଵଵେଦାଃ ।
ସ୍ଵସ୍ତିନସ୍ତାର୍କ୍ଷ୍ୟୋ ଅରିଷ୍ଟନେମିଃ ।
ସ୍ଵସ୍ତିର୍ନୋ ବୃହସ୍ପତିର୍ଦଧାତୁ ॥ ॥

Meaning 151
May the gods Indra, PUsha, Garuda and Brihaspati bestow good things on us
and protect us..

%E151 Word Meanings 151;

ସ୍ଵସ୍ତି = well being;
ନ = NoNot; no;
ଇନ୍ଦ୍ରୋ = indraH, chief of demigods;
ଵୃଦ୍ଧଶ୍ରଵାଃ = an epithet of Indra the chief of gods;
ସ୍ଵସ୍ତି = well being;
ନଃ = us; to us or ours;
ପୂଷା = the sun;
ଵିଶ୍ଵଵେଦାଃ = those who know the Universe;
ସ୍ଵସ୍ତିନସ୍ତାର୍କ୍ଷ୍ୟୋ = Let Garuda grant us well-being;
ଅରିଷ୍ଟନେମିଃ = one who has a perfect, healthy wheel or orb, Sun;
ସ୍ଵସ୍ତିର୍ନୋ = ?? ;
ବୃହସ୍ପତିର୍ଦଧାତୁ = ?? ;
Shloka 152 Benediction

ଓଂ ଶଂ ନୋ ମିତ୍ରଃ ଶଂ ଵରୁଣଃ । ଶଂ ନୋ ଭଵତ୍ଵର୍ୟମା ।
ଶଂ ନ ଇନ୍ଦ୍ରୋ ବୃହସ୍ପତିଃ । ଶଂ ନୋ ଵିଷ୍ଣୁରୁରୁକ୍ରମଃ ।
ନମୋ ବ୍ରହ୍ମଣେ । ନମସ୍ତେ ଵାୟୋ । ତ୍ଵମେଵ ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷଂ ବ୍ରହ୍ମାସି ।
ତ୍ଵମେ ଵପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷଂ ବ୍ରହ୍ମ ଵଦିଷ୍ୟାମି । ଋତଂ ଵଦିଷ୍ୟାମି ।
ସତ୍ୟଂ ଵଦିଷ୍ୟାମି । ତନ୍ମାମଵତୁ । ତଦ୍ଵକ୍ତାରମଵତୁ ।
ଅଵତୁ ମାମ୍ । ଅଵତୁ ଵକ୍ତାରମ୍ ।
ଓଂ ଶାନ୍ତିଃ ଶାନ୍ତିଃ ଶାନ୍ତିଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 152
Be peace to us Mitra. Be peace to us Varuna. Be peace to us
Aryaman. Be peace to us Indra and Brihaspati. May far-striding Vishnu
be peace to us. Adoration to the Eternal. Adoration to thee, O
Vayu. Thou, thou art the visible Eternal and as the visible Eternal I
will declare thee. I will declare Righteousness! I will declare Truth!
May that protect me! May that protect the speaker! Yea, may it protect
me! May it protect the speaker! Yea, may it protect me! May it protect
the speaker! OM! Peace! Peace! Peace!.

%E152 Word Meanings 152;

ଓଂ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ଶଂ = good things, auspicious or propitious things; happinessLord
Ganesha, the son of Pashupati or Shiva;
ନୋ = us or to us or ours;
ମିତ୍ରଃ = god Mitra;
ଶଂ = good things, auspicious or propitious things; happinessLord
Ganesha, the son of Pashupati or Shiva;
ଵରୁଣଃ = the god of water;
ଶଂ = good things, auspicious or propitious things; happinessLord
Ganesha, the son of Pashupati or Shiva;
ନୋ = us or to us or ours;
ଭଵତ୍ଵର୍ୟମା = let sun be;
ଶଂ = good things, auspicious or propitious things; happinessLord
Ganesha, the son of Pashupati or Shiva;
ନ = NoNot; no;
ଇନ୍ଦ୍ରୋ = indraH, chief of demigods;
ବୃହସ୍ପତିଃ = the guru of the devAs and one of the nine grahAs i.eJupiter;
ଶଂ = good things, auspicious or propitious things; happinessLord
Ganesha, the son of Pashupati or Shiva;
ନୋ = us or to us or ours;
ଵିଷ୍ଣୁରୁରୁକ୍ରମଃ = the great steps taken by Vishnu;
ନମୋ = bowing; salute;
ବ୍ରହ୍ମଣେ = to the Brahman;
ନମସ୍ତେ = greetings, salutations to you;
ଵାୟୋ = wind’s;
ତ୍ଵମେଵ = you alone; you only;
ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷଂ = directly perceivable, before one’s very eyes;
ବ୍ରହ୍ମାସି = Brahman, you are;
ତ୍ଵମେଵ = you indeed;
ପ୍ରତ୍ୟକ୍ଷଂ = directly preceivable, before one’s very eyes;
ବ୍ରହ୍ମ = Brahman; God;
ଵଦିଷ୍ୟାମି = I shall speak ; utter;
ଋତଂ = Vedic or divine truth; water; divine law; sun; seen objects;
ଵଦିଷ୍ୟାମି = I shall speak ; utter;
ସତ୍ୟଂ = the truth;
ଵଦିଷ୍ୟାମି = I shall speak ; utter;
ତନ୍ମାମଵତୁ = Let that protect me;
ତଦ୍ଵକ୍ତାରମଵତୁ = Let that protect the speaker;
ଅଵତୁ = May or let god or someone protect meprotect; save;
ମାଂ = me;
ଅଵତୁ = May or let god or someone protect meprotect; save;
ଵକ୍ତାରଂ = the speaker;
ଓଂ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ଶାନ୍ତିଃ = Peace; tranquility;
ଶାନ୍ତିଃ = Peace; tranquility;
ଶାନ୍ତିଃ = Peace; tranquility;
Shloka 153 Benediction

ପୁନରପି ଜନନଂ ପୁନରପି ମରଣଂ
ପୁନରପି ଜନନୀ ଜଠରେ ଶୟନମ୍ ।
ଇହ ସଂସାରେ ବହୁଦୁସ୍ତାରେ
କୃପୟାଽପାରେ ପାହି ମୁରାରେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 153
Born again, death again, again to stay in the mother’s womb !
It is indeed hard to cross this boundless ocean of samsAra. Oh
Murari ! Redeem me through Thy mercy..

%E153 Word Meanings 153;

ପୁନରପି = again and again;
ଜନନଂ = the birth;
ପୁନରପି = again and again;
ମରଣଂ = death;
ପୁନରପି = again and again;
ଜନନୀ = mother;
ଜଠରେ = in the mouth;
ଶୟନଂ = the bed;
ଇହ = here; in this world;
ସଂସାରେ = in this world or worldly life;
ବହୁଦୁସ୍ତାରେ = in the one which is difficult to cross;
କୃପୟାଽପାରେ = Oh! the one with unbounded compassion;
ପାହି = protect; save;
ମୁରାରେ = Oh! the enemy of Mura demon, Vishnu or Krishna;
Shloka 154 Benediction

ଆରୋଗ୍ୟଃ ପ୍ରଦଦାତୁ ନୋ ଦିନକରଃ ଚନ୍ଦ୍ରୋୟଶୋ ନିର୍ମଲଂ
ଭୂତିଂ ଭୂମିସୁତଃ ସୁଧାଂଶୁତନୟଃ ପ୍ରଜ୍ଞାଂ ଗୁରୁର୍ଗୌରଵମ୍ ।
କାଵ୍ୟଃ କୋମଲଵାଗ୍ଵିଲାସମତୁଲଂ ମନ୍ଦୋ ମୁଦଂ ସର୍ଵଦା
ରାହୁର୍ବାହୁ-ବଲଂ ଵିରୋଧ-ଶମନଂ କେତୁଃ କୁଲସ୍ୟୋନ୍ନତିମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 154
Oh! May we have, health from Sun, pure glory from Moon, well-being from the son
of Earth, wisdom and glory to the teacher from the son of Moon, poetry
and uncomparable joy in soft speech from …, happiness within limits
forever from …, strength (of limbs) from RAhu, ability to overcome
opposition and the progress of the family from Ketu..

%E154 Word Meanings 154;

ଆରୋଗ୍ୟଃ = good health;
ପ୍ରଦଦାତୁ = May give me or us;
ନୋ = us or to us or ours;
ଦିନକରଃ = the sun, the day-maker;
ଚନ୍ଦ୍ରୋୟଶୋ = ?? ;
ନିର୍ମଲଂ = without any dirt or polluted materiali.e. pure;
ଭୂତିଂ = well-being; welfare; prosperity;
ଭୂମିସୁତଃ = the son of the Earth;
ସୁଧାଂଶୁତନୟଃ = the son of sudhA.nshu, moon;
ପ୍ରଜ୍ଞାଂ = conscipusness;
ଗୁରୁର୍ଗୌରଵଂ = felicitation of teachers;
କାଵ୍ୟଃ = poem; poetry;
କୋମଲଵାଗ୍ଵିଲାସମତୁଲଂ = ?? ;
ମନ୍ଦୋ = dull-witted; slow;
ମୁଦଂ = happiness;
ସର୍ଵଦା = ever; always;
ରାହୁର୍ବାହୁ-ବଲଂ = ?? ;
ଵିରୋଧ-ଶମନଂ = ?? ;
କେତୁଃ = south Node;
କୁଲସ୍ୟୋନ୍ନତିଂ = ?? ;
Shloka 155 Benediction

ଓଂ ସର୍ଵେଷାଂ ସ୍ଵସ୍ତିର୍ଭଵତୁ । ସର୍ଵେଷାଂ ଶାନ୍ତିର୍ଭଵତୁ ।
ସର୍ଵେଷାଂ ପୂର୍ଣଂ ଭଵତୁ । ସର୍ଵେଷାଂ ମଙ୍ଗଲଂ ଭଵତୁ ।
ସର୍ଵେ ଭଵନ୍ତୁ ସୁଖିନଃ ସର୍ଵେ ସନ୍ତୁ ନିରାମୟାଃ ।
ସର୍ଵେ ଭଦ୍ରାଣି ପଶ୍ୟନ୍ତୁ ମା କଶ୍ଚିଦ୍ ଦୁଃଖ ଭାଗ୍ଭଵେତ୍ ।
ଓଂ ଆନନ୍ଦ । ଓଂ ଆନନ୍ଦ । ଓଂ ଆନନ୍ଦ ॥ ॥

Meaning 155
May Auspiciousness be unto all!
May Peace be unto all!
May Fullness be unto all!
May Prosperity be unto all!
May all be happy! May all be free of diseases!
May all see what is good! May no one suffer from misery!
OM Bliss! Bliss! Bliss!.

%E155 Word Meanings 155;

ଓଂ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ସର୍ଵେଷାଂ = all people’s;
ସ୍ଵସ୍ତିର୍ଭଵତୁ = Let there be well-being;
ସର୍ଵେଷାଂ = all people’s;
ଶାନ୍ତିର୍ଭଵତୁ = Let there be peace.;
ସର୍ଵେଷାଂ = all people’s;
ପୂର୍ଣଂ = full of; complete; infinite; whole; undivided;
ଭଵତୁ = Let or may it be so; let or may it happen.;
ସର୍ଵେଷାଂ = all people’s;
ମଙ୍ଗଲଂ = auspiciousness; welfare; well-being; good things;
ଭଵତୁ = Let or may it be so; let or may it happen.;
ସର୍ଵେ = all;
ଭଵନ୍ତୁ = Let them be so or let them happen. May they happen.;
ସୁଖିନଃ = happy people;
ସର୍ଵେ = all;
ସନ୍ତୁ = Let them be;
ନିରାମୟାଃ = without any illness or affliction or disease;
ସର୍ଵେ = all;
ଭଦ୍ରାଣି = good or auspicious things; those which end in happiness or welfare;
ପଶ୍ୟନ୍ତୁ = let them see;
ମା = do not;
କଃ = who;
ଚିଦ୍ = thought; intelligence; consciousness part of the mind;
ଦୁଃଖ = sorrowful; unhappy;
ଭାଗ୍ଭଵେତ୍ = Let one become a beneficiary or partaker or shareholder
of the fortune etc.;
ଓଂ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ଆନନ୍ଦ = joy; delight; happiness;
ଓଂ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ଆନନ୍ଦ = joy; delight; happiness;
ଓଂ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ଆନନ୍ଦ = joy; delight; happiness;
Shloka 156 Benediction

ଓଂ ଵିଶ୍ଵାନି ଦେଵ ସଵିତର୍ଦୁରିତାନି ପରାସୁଵ ।
ୟଦ୍ ଭଦ୍ରଂ ତନ୍ନୁ ଆସୁଵ ॥ ॥

Meaning 156
Aum! Oh Savitr (Sun)! Lord of the Universe, remove our defects;
Bring whatever is auspicious to us..

%E156 Word Meanings 156;

ଓଂ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ଵିଶ୍ଵାନି = literally: the worlds or Universe;
ଦେଵ = Oh! god Oh! God!;
ସଵିତର୍ଦୁରିତାନି = Oh! suryanarayan, the sins;
ପରାସୁଵ = bless us after removing sins;
ୟଦ୍ = That which;
ଭଦ୍ରଂ = well-being; welfare;
ତନ୍ନୁ = ?? ;
ଆସୁଵ = grant ; bless one with;
Shloka 157 Benediction

ଓଂ ତଚ୍ଚକ୍ଷୁର୍ଦେଵହିତଂ ପୁରସ୍ତାଚ୍ଛ୍କମୁଚ୍ଚରତ୍ ।
ପଶ୍ୟେମ ଶରଦଃ ଶତଂ ଜୀଵେମ ଶରଦଃ ଶତଂ
ଶୃଣୁୟାମ ଶରଦଃ ଶତଂ ପ୍ରବ୍ରଵାମ ଶରଦଃ ଶତଂ
ଅଦୀନାଃ ସ୍ୟାଂ ଶରଦଃ ଶତଂ ଭୂୟଶ୍ଚ ଶରଦଃ ଶତାତ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 157
OM! That bright eye (in the form of the Sun) is high in front of us.
(With that eye as our guide) Let us see (properly) for hundred years, live for
hundred years, hear (properly) for hundred years, speak (properly) for
hundred years, be independent for hundred years, and again have all
these for hundred years..

%E157 Word Meanings 157;

ଓଂ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ତଚ୍ଚକ୍ଷୁର୍ଦେଵହିତଂ = that Sun which is like eyes overseeing the welfare of the gods;
ପୁରସ୍ତାଚ୍ଛ୍କମୁଚ୍ଚରତ୍ = ?? ;
ପଶ୍ୟେମ = let us see;
ଶରଦଃ = autumn seasons;;
ଶତଂ = cardinal number 100;
ଜୀଵେମ = let us live;
ଶରଦଃ = autumn seasons;;
ଶତଂ = cardinal number 100;
ଶୃଣୁୟାମ = May we hear;
ଶରଦଃ = autumn seasons;;
ଶତଂ = cardinal number 100;
ପ୍ରବ୍ରଵାମ = May we be talking;
ଶରଦଃ = autumn seasons;;
ଶତଂ = cardinal number 100;
ଅଦୀନାଃ = those who are not poor or humble or in a miserable plight;
ସ୍ୟାଂ = ?? ;
ଶରଦଃ = autumn seasons;;
ଶତଂ = cardinal number 100;
ଭ୍ରୟଃ = ?? ;
ଚ = and;
ଶରଦଃ = autumn seasons;;
ଶତାତ୍ = from 100;
Shloka 158 Benediction

ସ୍ଵସ୍ତି ପ୍ରଜାଭ୍ୟଃ ପରିପାଲୟନ୍ତାମ୍ ।
ନ୍ୟାୟେନ ମାର୍ଗେଣ ମହୀଂ ମହୀଶାମ୍ ।
ଗୋ ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣେଭ୍ୟଃ ଶୁଭମସ୍ତୁ ନିତ୍ୟଂ ।
ଲୋକାଃ ସମସ୍ତାଃ ସୁଖିନୋ ଭଵଂତୁ ॥ ॥

Meaning 158
Let the subjects be governed and nourished by the rulers, who
follow a path of justice. Let the cattle and the righteous
people (brAhmana) have goodness and let all people be happy..

%E158 Word Meanings 158;

ସ୍ଵସ୍ତି = well being;
ପ୍ରଜାଭ୍ୟଃ = all the people or subjects;
ପରିପାଲୟନ୍ତାଂ = the protectors or rulers;
ନ୍ୟାୟେନ = lawful;
ମାର୍ଗେଣ = through the road or street or route;
ମହୀଂ = the earth; the world;
ମହୀଶାଂ = the ruler of the world or earth;
ଗୋ = cow;
ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣେଭ୍ୟଃ = Brahmins;
ଶୁଭମସ୍ତୁ = Let auspiciousness be there;
ନିତ୍ୟଂ = ever; permanent;
ଲୋକାଃ = the worlds; the people;
ସମସ୍ତାଃ = all; the entire;
ସୁଖିନୋ = happy people;
ଭଵଂତୁ = May them be so or let them be so or let them happen;
Shloka 159 Benediction

କାଲେ ଵର୍ଷନ୍ତୁ ପର୍ଜନ୍ୟଃ ପୃଥିଵୀ ଶସ୍ୟଶାଲିନୀ ।
ଦେଶୋୟଂ କ୍ଷୋଭରହିତାଃ ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣାଃ ସଂତୁ ନିର୍ଭୟଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 159
Let the rains shower in time, Let the earth brim with food grains,
Let this country be full of auspiciousness and be free from
agitation and affliction, let the righteous people be free from

%E159 Word Meanings 159;

କାଲେ = in time;
ଵର୍ଷନ୍ତୁ = Let them rain;
ପର୍ଜନ୍ୟଃ = rain;
ପୃଥିଵୀ = the world; the earth;
ସସ୍ୟଶାଲିନୀ = the mistress of corn or foodgrains; may refer to earth;
ଦେଶୋୟଂ = this country;
କ୍ଷୋଭରହିତାଃ = one free from affliction or agitation;
ବ୍ରାହ୍ମଣାଃ = the Brahmin community; certain specified portions of the Vedas;
ସଂତୁ = May them be so;
ନିର୍ଭୟଃ = fearless;
Shloka 160 Benediction

ଅପକ୍ରାମନ୍ତୁ ଭୂତାନି ପିଶାଚାଃ ସର୍ଵତୋଦିଶମ୍ ।
ସର୍ଵେଷାମଵିରୋଧେନ ୟଜ୍ଞକର୍ମ ସମାରଭେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 160
Let the (evil) beings and non-beings depart in all directions,
let us begin the worship without any obstacles..

%E160 Word Meanings 160;

ଅପକ୍ରାମନ୍ତୁ = May we be averse to or abhor;
ଭୂତାନି = ?? ;
ପିଶାଚାଃ = the ogres; spirits; ghosts;
ସର୍ଵତୋଦିଶଂ = in all directions;
ସର୍ଵେଷାମ୍ = ?? ;
ଅଵିରୋଧେନ = without opposition, smoothly;
ୟଜ୍ଞକର୍ମ = activity relating to sacrifice;
ସମାରଭେ = started well;
Shloka 161 Benediction

ଅଗ୍ନିଂ ପ୍ରଜ୍ଵାଲିତଂ ଵନ୍ଦେ ଜାତଵେଦଂ ହୁତାଶନମ୍ ।
ହିରଣ୍ୟମନଲଂ ଵନ୍ଦେ ସମୃଦ୍ଧଂ ଵିଶ୍ଵତୋମୁଖମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 161
I salute Agni–the lighted one; Agni–the knower of all;
Agni–the golden one; Agni–full of wealth and seer of the world..

%E161 Word Meanings 161;

ଅଗ୍ନିଂ = fire or the god of fire;
ପ୍ରଜ୍ଵାଲିତଂ = ?? ;
ଵନ୍ଦେ = I worship; bow;
ଜାତଵେଦଂ = the one who knows the Vedas;
ହୁତାଶନଂ = the fire-god;
ହିରଣ୍ୟମନଲଂ = the golden-hued fire;
ଵନ୍ଦେ = I worship; bow;
ସମୃଦ୍ଧଂ = the one with riches or prosperity;
ଵିଶ୍ଵତୋମୁଖଂ = having the face on all sides of the Universe;
Shloka 162 Benediction

ଶ୍ରଦ୍ଧାଂ ମେଧାଂ ୟଶଃ ପ୍ରଜ୍ଞାଂ ଵିଦ୍ୟାଂ ବୁଦ୍ଧିଂ ଶ୍ରିୟଂ ବଲମ୍ ।
ଆୟୁଷ୍ୟଂ ତେଜ ଆରୋଗ୍ୟଂ ଦେହି ମେ ହଵ୍ୟଵାହନ ॥ ॥

Meaning 162
Oh! Messenger (Agni) give me faith, wisdom, glory, understanding,
learning, intellect, wealth, power, longetivity, lusture, and health..

%E162 Word Meanings 162;

ଶ୍ରଦ୍ଧାଂ = faith; dedication; belief;
ମେଧାଂ = intellect; intelligence; also Sarasvati the goddess of learning;
ୟଶଃ = fame; reputation;
ପ୍ରଜ୍ଞାଂ = conscipusness;
ଵିଦ୍ୟାଂ = knowledge;
ବୁଦ୍ଧିଂ = intellect; intelligence;
ଶ୍ରିୟଂ = Goddess LakShmi; wealth; prosperity;
ବଲଂ = A lad or son;
ଆୟୁଷ୍ୟଂ = promoting longevity;
ତେଜ = power; strength; body’s lustre or shine; firepower; sharpness;
ଆରୋଗ୍ୟଂ = good health;
ଦେହି = Give;
ମେ = to me or my;
ହଵ୍ୟଵାହନ = ?? ;
ଓଂ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ନମ = mine; my;
ଇତି = thusthus;
Shloka 163 Navagraha

ଆଦିତ୍ୟାୟ ସୋମାୟ ମଙ୍ଗଲାୟ ବୁଧାୟ ଚ ।
ଗୁରୁ ଶୁକ୍ର ଶନିଭ୍ୟଶ୍ଚ ରାହଵେକେତଵେ ନମଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 163
Salutations to the navagrahAs, the Sun, Moon, Mars, Mercury,
Jupiter, Venus, Saturn, Rahu, and Ketu..

%E163 Word Meanings 163;

ଆଦିତ୍ୟାୟ = to the sun;
ସୋମାୟ = to the god soma;
ମଙ୍ଗଲାୟ = for good; welfare; well-being or for the planet Mangal;
ବୁଧାୟ = by Budha;
ଚ = and;
ଗୁରୁ = teacher (refers to spiritual teacher), the preceptor;
ଶୁକ୍ର = bright; radiant; white; of Venus;
ଶନିଭ୍ୟଃ = to Shani and others;
ଚ = and;
ରାହଵେ = to rAhU, north Node;
କେତଵେ = to ketu, south Node;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 164 Sun

ଓଂ ଧ୍ୟେୟଃ ସଦା ସଵିତୃମଣ୍ଡଲ ମଧ୍ୟଵର୍ତି ।
ନାରାୟଣଃ ସରସିଜାସନ୍ସଂନିଵିଷ୍ଟଃ ।
କେୟୂରଵାନ ମକରକୁଣ୍ଡଲଵାନ କିରୀଟୀ ।
ହାରୀ ହିରଣ୍ମୟଵପୁର୍ଧୃତଶଙ୍ଖଚକ୍ରଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 164
OM! meditate always on the centre of the solar orb, the (seat of) Narayan with
the lotus, with a bracelet, a crocodile-earring, a crown, an
attractive golden body and a chakra..

%E164 Word Meanings 164;

ଓଂ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and u;
and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ଧ୍ୟେୟଃ = the one worthy of meditation;
ସଦା = always; ever;
ସଵିତୃମଣ୍ଡଲ = the orb of the sun;
ମଧ୍ୟଵର୍ତି = that which is present in the middle;
ନାରାୟଣଃ = Vishnu;
ସରସିଜାସନ୍ସଂଇଵିଷ୍ଟଃ = ?? ;
କେୟୂରଵାନ = ?? ;
ମକରକୁଣ୍ଡଲଵାନ = ?? ;
କିରୀଟୀ = ?? ;
ହାରୀ = that which attracts;
ହିରଣ୍ମୟଵପୁର୍ଧୃତଶଙ୍ଖଚକ୍ରଃ = ?? ;
Shloka 165 Sun

ଓଂ ମିତ୍ରାୟ ନମଃ ।
ଓଂ ରଵୟେ ନମଃ ।
ଓଂ ସୂର୍ୟାୟ ନମଃ ।
ଓଂ ଭାନଵେ ନମଃ ।
ଓଂ ଖଗାୟ ନମଃ ।
ଓଂ ପୂଷ୍ଣେ ନମଃ ।
ଓଂ ହିରଣ୍ୟଗର୍ଭାୟ ନମଃ ।
ଓଂ ମରୀଚୟେ ନମଃ ।
ଓଂ ଆଦିତ୍ୟାୟ ନମଃ ।
ଓଂ ସଵିତ୍ରେ ନମଃ ।
ଓଂ ଅର୍କାୟ ନମଃ ।
ଓଂ ଭାସ୍କରାୟ ନମଃ ।
ଓଂ ଶ୍ରୀସଵିତୃସୂର୍ୟନାରାୟଣାୟ ନମଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 165
OM! Salutations to Mitra; OM! Salutations to Ravi; OM! Salutations to
Surya; OM! Salutations to Bhanu; OM! Salutations to Khaga; OM!
Salutations to Pushana; OM! Salutations to Hiranyagarbha; OM!
Salutations to Marichi; OM! Salutations to Aditya; OM! Salutations to
Savitri; OM! Salutations to Arka; OM! Salutations to Bhaskar; OM!
Salutations to Savitri-Suryanarayana..

%E165 Word Meanings 165;

ଓଂ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ମିତ୍ରାୟ = to Mitra or a friend;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
ଓଂ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ରଵୟେ = to the sun;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
ଓଂ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ସୂର୍ୟାୟ = to Surya;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
ଓଂ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ଭାନଵେ = to the sun;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
ଓଂ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ଖଗାୟ = ?? ;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
ଓଂ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ପୂଷ୍ଣେ = to the Sun, the nourisher;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
ଓଂ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ହିରଣ୍ୟଗର୍ଭାୟ = to the one having a golden womb, Sun or Vishnu;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
ଓଂ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ମରୀଚୟେ = to Marichi;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
ଓଂ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ଆଦିତ୍ୟାୟ = to the sun;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
ଓଂ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ସଵିତ୍ରେ = Oh! suryanarayan!;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
ଓଂ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ଅର୍କାୟ = to sun god;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
ଓଂ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ଭାସ୍କରାୟ = to the sun;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
ଓଂ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ଶ୍ରୀସଵିତୃସୂର୍ୟନାରାୟଣାୟ = to the venerable sun thro’ whom the Trinity manifests;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
Shloka 166 Sun

ଆଦିତ୍ୟସ୍ୟ ନମସ୍କାରାନ୍ ୟେ କୁର୍ଵନ୍ତି ଦିନେ ଦିନେ ।
ଜନ୍ମାନ୍ତରସହସ୍ରେଷୁ ଦାରିଦ୍ର୍ୟଂ ଦୋଷ ନାଶତେ ।
ଅକାଲମୃତ୍ୟୁ ହରଣଂ ସର୍ଵଵ୍ୟାଧି ଵିନାଶନମ୍ ।
ସୂର୍ୟପାଦୋଦକଂ ତୀର୍ଥଂ ଜଠରେ ଧାରୟାମ୍ୟହମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 166
Who do Surya-namaskar (the yogic Sun asana) everyday, their defect of
poverty is destroyed for a hundred births. I hold in my mouth the holy
water which removes all diseases and untimely death..

%E166 Word Meanings 166;

ଆଦିତ୍ୟସ୍ୟ = ?? ;
ନମସ୍କାରାନ୍ = bowing; respects;
ୟେ = they who;
କୁର୍ଵନ୍ତି = do;
ଦିନେ = during the day;
ଦିନେ = during the day;
ଜନ୍ମାନ୍ତରସହସ୍ରେଷୁ = in the thousands of previous births;
ଦାରିଦ୍ର୍ୟଂ = poverty;
ଦୋଷ = defective; sinful;
ନାଶତେ = destroys;
ଅକାଲମୃତ୍ୟୁ = at (M.nom.) untimely death;
ହରଣଂ = the act of removal or destruction;
ସର୍ଵଵ୍ୟାଧି = all kinds of diseases and illnesses;
ଵିନାଶନଂ = the one who destroys;
ସୂର୍ୟପାଦୋଦକଂ = the water offered at the feet of the sun;
ତୀର୍ଥଂ = water; water body;
ଜଠରେ = in the mouth;
ଧାରୟାମ୍ୟହଂ = I wear or bear;
Shloka 167 Sun

ଭାସ୍କରାୟ ଵିଦ୍ମହେ । ମହଦ୍ଦ୍ୟୁତିକରାୟ ଧୀମହି ।
ତନ୍ନୋ ଆଦିତ୍ୟଃ ପ୍ରଚୋଦୟାତ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 167
This is my offering to the Sun .
I meditate to the one who illumines greatly.
Let that Sun God inspire me..

%E167 Word Meanings 167;

ଭାସ୍କରାୟ = to the sun;
ଵିଦ୍ମହେ = offering;
ମହଦ୍ଦ୍ୟୁତିକରାୟ = to the one who illumines greatly;
ଧୀମହି = May meditate;
ତନ୍ନୋ = ?? ;
ଆଦିତ୍ୟଃ = ?? ;
ପ୍ରଚୋଦୟାତ୍ = inspire; kindle; urge; induce;;
Shloka 168 Ganga

ଗଙ୍ଗେଚ ୟମୁନେ ଚୈଵ ଗୋଦାଵରୀ ସରସ୍ଵତୀ ।
ନର୍ମଦା ସିଂଧୁ କାଵେରୀ ଜଲେଽସ୍ମିନ୍ ସନ୍ନିଧଂ କୁରୁ ॥ ॥

Meaning 168
Oh! (holy rivers) Ganga, Yamuna, Godavari, Sarasvati, Narmada, Sindhu,
and Kaveri, please be present in this water..

%E168 Word Meanings 168;

ଗଙ୍ଗେ = Oh! the Ganges river (as goddess);
ୟମୁନେ = Oh! the Yamuna river (as goddess);
ଚୈଵ = and like;
ଗୋଦାଵରୀ = river godavari (as goddess);
ସରସ୍ଵତୀ = goddess of knowledge known by this name (as goddess);
ନର୍ମଦା = river Narmada (as goddess);
ସିଂଧୁ = of the sea;
କାଵେରୀ = river kaveri (as goddess);
ଜଲେଽସ୍ମିନ୍ = in this water;
ସନ୍ନିଧଂ = near, close or in the presence;
କୁରୁ = do;
Shloka 169 Ganga

ନମାମି ଗଙ୍ଗେ ତଵ ପାଦପଙ୍କଜଂ
ସୁରାସୁରୈର୍ଵନ୍ଦିତଦିଵ୍ୟରୂପମ୍ ।
ଭୁକ୍ତିଂ ଚ ମୁକ୍ତିଂ ଚ ଦଦାସି ନିତ୍ୟଂ
ଭାଵାନୁସାରେଣ ସଦା ନରାଣାମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 169
Salutations to the lotus feet of Ganga. Your divine form is worshipped
by Suras and Asuras. You give objects of enjoyment and salvation everyday
depending on the level of devotion and attitude of men..

%E169 Word Meanings 169;

ନମାମି = I bow; salute; pay my respects;
ଗଙ୍ଗେ = Oh! gangA!;
ତଵ = your;
ପାଦପଙ୍କଜଂ = the lotus feet;
ସୁରାସୁରୈର୍ଵନ୍ଦିତଦିଵ୍ୟରୂପଂ = the divine form worshipped by the gods and demons;
ଭୁକ୍ତିଂ = Eating and worldy enjoyments;
ଚ = and;
ମୁକ୍ତିଂ = liberation;
ଚ = and;
ଦଦାସି = You give;
ନିତ୍ୟଂ = ever; permanent;
ଭାଵାନୁସାରେଣ = acoording to one’s attitude or thought;
ସଦା = always; ever;
ନରାଣାଂ = men’s;
Shloka 170 Ganga

ଗଙ୍ଗା ଗଙ୍ଗେତି ୟୋ ବ୍ରୂୟାତ୍ ୟୋଜନାନା ଶତୈରପି ।
ମୁଚ୍ୟତେ ସର୍ଵପାପେଭ୍ୟୋ ଵିଷ୍ଣୁଲୋକଂ ସଗଚ୍ଛତି ॥ ॥

Meaning 170
One who utters ‘Ganga, Gange’ one hundred times will be rid of all sins
and reach the lotus feet of the Lord..

%E170 Word Meanings 170;

ଗଙ୍ଗା = the river Ganges;
ଗଙ୍ଗେତି = uttering thus:’gange!’;
ୟୋ = He who;
ବ୍ରୂୟାତ୍ = Let it be said; let us say;
ୟୋଜନାନା = at (N.poss.pl.) of various counts of Yojana approximately 8-9 miles;
ଶତୈରପି = even after 100;
ମୁଚ୍ୟତେ = is liberated or freed;
ସର୍ଵପାପେଭ୍ୟୋ = from all the sins;
ଵିଷ୍ଣୁଲୋକଂ = Vishnu’s abode or world;
ସଗଚ୍ଛତି = He goes;
Shloka 171 Morning

କରାଗ୍ରେ ଵସତେ ଲକ୍ଷ୍ମୀଃ କରମଧ୍ୟେ ସରସ୍ଵତୀ । କରମୂଲେ ସ୍ଥିରା ଗୌରୀ
କରମୂଲେ ତୁ ଗୋଵିନ୍ଦଃ ପ୍ରଭାତେ କରଦର୍ଶନମ୍ ॥ ॥ ମଙ୍ଗଲଂ ଜ୍କରଦର୍ଶନମ୍

Meaning 171
Goddess LakShmI dwells at the beginning of the hand.
In the center of the palm resides Sarasvati, the Goddess
of wisdom. At the base of the palm is Govinda, the
Lord of the universe. Hence, one should look and meditate on
the hand early in the morning..

%E171 Word Meanings 171;

କରାଗ୍ରେ = at the beginning of the hand;
ଵସତେ = one lives; dwells;
ଲକ୍ଷ୍ମୀଃ = Goddess Laxmi;
କରମଧ୍ୟେ = in the middle of the hand;
ସରସ୍ଵତୀ = Oh! sarasvati ; goddesss of knowledge;
କରମୂଲେ = at the root of the hand;
ତୁ = but; on the other hand;
ଗୋଵିନ୍ଦଃ = the cowherd boy Krishna;
ପ୍ରଭାତେ = in the early morning;
କରଦର୍ଶନଂ = the sight of the hand; looking at the hand;
Shloka 172 Morning

ଅହଲ୍ୟା ଦ୍ରୌପଦୀ ସୀତା ତାରା ମନ୍ଦୋଦରୀ ତଥା ।
ପଂଚକନ୍ୟା ସ୍ମରେନ୍ନିତ୍ୟଂ ମହାପାତକନାଶନମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 172
Let us remember the five ladies (daughters)
ahalyA, draupadI, sItA, tArA, mandodarI
regularly as their character can provide strength
to get rid of sins and ill feelings..

%E172 Word Meanings 172;

ଅହଲ୍ୟା = Sage Gautama’s wife or name of a female who layed
dormant/inactive till Ram motivated her by his divine touch;
ଦ୍ରୌପଦୀ = wife of the `PaNDavAs’;;
ସୀତା = Rama’s wife;
ତାରା = wife of Vali, Devi (Tantric);
ମନ୍ଦୋଦରୀ = wife of Ravana;
ତଥା = like that (cf. yathA tathA);
ପଂଚକନ୍ୟା = five girls;
ସ୍ମରେତ୍ = remember;
ନିତ୍ୟଂ = always, constant;
ମହାପାତକନାଶନଂ = that which destroys great sins;
Shloka 173 Morning

ଭାନୁଶଶୀ ଭୂମିସୁତୋ ବୁଧଶ୍ଚ ।
ଗୁରୁଶ୍ଚ ଶୁକ୍ରଶ୍ଚ ଶନି ରାହୁ କେତଵଃ
କୁର୍ଵଂତୁ ସର୍ଵେ ମମ ସୁପ୍ରଭାତମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 173
Brahma, Murari, Shiva, Sun, Moon, Mangal , Budha, Guru, Shukra,
Shani, Rahu and Ketu – may all of them make mine a good morning..

%E173 Word Meanings 173;

ବ୍ରହ୍ମାମୁରାରିସ୍ତ୍ରିପୁରାଂତକାରୀ = The Trinity of gods i.e. Brahma,
Mura’s enemyi.e Vishnu and the destroyer of the three cities i.e. Shiva;
ଭାନୁଶଶୀ = the sun and the moon;
ଭୂମିସୁତୋ = same as bhUmisutaH i.e the son of the Earth;
ବୁଧଃ = god or planet Mercury or enlightened person;
ଚ = and;
ଗୁରୁଃ = teacher (refers to spiritual teacher), the preceptor;
ଚ = and;
ଶୁକ୍ରଃ = the bright or white one; also refers to the planet Venus
and Shukracharya, the demons’ preceptor;
ଚ = and;
ଶନି = Planet Saturn; one of the 9 Grahas; Saturday;
ରାହୁ = one of the Navagrahas `Rahu’;
କେତଵଃ = Ketu, south Node;
କୁର୍ଵଂତୁ = ?? ;
ସର୍ଵେ = all;
ମମ = mine; mymy; mine;
ସୁପ୍ରଭାତଂ = good morning;
Shloka 174 Morning

ଉତ୍ତିଷ୍ଠୋତ୍ତିଷ୍ଠ ଗୋଵିଂଦ ଉତ୍ତିଷ୍ଠ ଗରୁଡଧ୍ଵଜ ।
ଉତ୍ତିଷ୍ଠ କମଲାକାନ୍ତ ତ୍ରୈଲୋକ୍ୟଂ ମଙ୍ଗଲଂ କୁରୁ ॥ ॥

Meaning 174
Awake Awake, O Govinda, Awake, the One with the flag with Garuda ensign,
Awake the beloved of LakShmi, Bless for the welfare of the three worlds..

%E174 Word Meanings 174;

ଉତ୍ତିଷ୍ଠୋତ୍ତିଷ୍ଠ = Arise! Arise!;
ଗୋଵିଂଦ = A name of kRiShNa, Govinda, the cowherd boy;
ଉତ୍ତିଷ୍ଠ = Arise; rise or get up;
ଗରୁଡଧ୍ଵଜ = Oh! the one having `GaruDa’ eagle-like bird as the Flag Emblem;
ଉତ୍ତିଷ୍ଠ = Arise; rise or get up;
କମଲାକାନ୍ତ = oh! consort of kamala or LakShmi;
ତ୍ରୈଲୋକ୍ୟଂ = belonging to the three worlds;
ମଙ୍ଗଲଂ = auspiciousness; welfare; well-being; good things;
କୁରୁ = do;
Shloka 175 Morning

ପ୍ରାତଃ ସ୍ମରାମି ହୃଦି ସଂସ୍ଫୁରଦାତ୍ମତତ୍ତ୍ଵଂ
ସଚ୍ଚିତ୍ସୁଖଂ ପରମହଂସଗତିଂ ତୁରୀୟମ୍ ।
ୟତ୍ସ୍ଵପନଜାଗରସୁଷୁପ୍ତମଵୈତି ନିତ୍ୟଂ
ତଦ୍ବ୍ରହ୍ମ ନିଷ୍କଲମହଂ ନ ଚ ଭୂତସଙ୍ଘଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 175
Early in the morning, I meditate upon the intrinsic principle —
the Self that shines in the heart; Who is Existence, Knowledge and
Bliss Absolute; Who is attained by Paramahansas (those who follow
the path of renunciation). Who is the fourth (transcending the
three states), Who is the Eternal Knower of the three states —
waking, dream and deep sleep; That taintless Brahman I am. I am
not this physical body composed of elements..

%E175 Word Meanings 175;

ପ୍ରାତଃ = in the morning;
ସ୍ମରାମି = I remember;
ହୃଦି = in the heart;
ସଂସ୍ଫୁରଦ୍ = throbbing;
ଆତ୍ମତତ୍ତ୍ଵଂ = the truth or essence of the soul or self or spirit;
ସଚ୍ଚିତ୍ସୁଖଂ = Existence, Consciousness and Happiness;
ପରମହଂସଗତିଂ = the goal or end or way where one attains bliss;
ତୁରୀୟଂ = the 4th state;
ୟତ୍ସ୍ଵପନଜାଗରସୁଷୁପ୍ତମଵୈତି = that which knows one’s dreaming,
wakeful and sleeping states;
ନିତ୍ୟଂ = ever; permanent;
ତଦ୍ବ୍ରହ୍ମ = that Bahman;
ନିଷ୍କଲମହଂ = ?? ;
ନ = NoNot; no;
ଚ = and;
ଭୂତସଙ୍ଘଃ = one who has the company of the ogres Shiva’s attendants;
Shloka 176 Morning

ପ୍ରାତର୍ଭଜାମି ମନସା ଵଚସାମଗମ୍ୟଂ
ଵାଚୋ ଵିଭାନ୍ତି ନିଖିଲା ୟଦନୁଗ୍ରହେଣ ।
ୟନ୍ନେତିନେତିଵଚନୈନିର୍ଗମା ଅଵୋଚୁସ୍ତଂ
ଦେଵ ଦେଵମଜଂ ଅଚ୍ୟୁତଂ ଆହୁରଗ୍ରୟମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 176
Early in the morning, I worship the Divinity who is beyond the reach
of the mind and senses, by whose grace speech manifests in its entirety.
Who is taught in scriptures as Neti (not this), not this (by a series
of negations); Who is called the Purusha (the Self), the unborn, God
of Gods, the Immutable Self, the Primeval being!.

%E176 Word Meanings 176;

ପ୍ରାତର୍ଭଜାମି = I shall worship in the morning;
ମନସା = through the mind;
ଵଚସାମଗମ୍ୟଂ = the unreachable through words;
ଵାଚୋ = words; expression;
ଵିଭାନ୍ତି = shine;
ନିଖିଲା = all; entire;
ୟଦନୁଗ୍ରହେଣ = with the grace or blessings of that;
ୟନ୍ନେତିନେତିଵଚନୈନିର୍ଗମା = that which emerges from the elimination
process of `not this, not this’;
ନିଗମା = veda;
ଅଵୋଚୁସ୍ତଂ = told him;
ଦେଵ = Oh! god Oh! God!;
ଦେଵମଜଂ = the unborn God;
ଅଚ୍ୟୁତଂ = God `achyuta’ meaning one who does not slip or glide away;
ଆହୁରଗ୍ରୟଂ = ?? ;
Shloka 177 Morning

ପ୍ରାତର୍ନମାମି ତମସଃ ପରମର୍କଵର୍ଣଂ
ପୂର୍ଣ ସନାତନ ପଦଂ ପୁରୁଷୋତ୍ତମାଖ୍ୟମ୍ ।
ୟସ୍ମିନ୍ନିଦଂ ଜଗଦଶେଷଂ ଅଶେଷଭୂତଂ
ରଜ୍ଜ୍ଵାଂ ଭୁଜଙ୍ଗଂ ଇଵ ପ୍ରତିଭାସିତଂ ଵୈ ॥ ॥

Meaning 177
Early in the morning, I adore the Supreme Self, who is beyond ignorance,
bright as the sun, in whom this entire world is superimposed like a
snake in the rope; Who is the Eternal Abode, ever full, known as
Purushottama — the best of souls..

%E177 Word Meanings 177;

ପ୍ରାତର୍ନମାମି = I shall bow down in the morning;
ତମସଃ = from darkness;
ପରମର୍କଵର୍ଣଂ = ?? ;
ପୂର୍ଣ = full; completely filled; infinite;
ସନାତନ = the ancient;
ପଦଂ = step ; leg; word;
ପୁରୁଷୋତ୍ତମାଖ୍ୟଂ = said to be or known as purushottama i.e. the best among men;
ୟସ୍ମିନ୍ନିଦଂ = in whom, this;
ଜଗଦଶେଷଂ = the world without any remainder;
ଅଶେଷଭୂତଂ = one who existed without any remainder or without the
`seSha’ serpant god;
ରଜ୍ଜ୍ଵାଂ = the rope or the one with a rope;
ଭୁଜଙ୍ଗଂ = the serpant;
ଇଵ = like; similar to; as it were;
ପ୍ରତିଭାସିତଂ = reflected one;
ଵୈ = indeed; surely;
Shloka 178 Evening

ଶୁଭଂ କରୋତି କଲ୍ୟାଣମାରୋଗ୍ୟଂ ଧନସମ୍ପଦା ।
ଶତ୍ରୁବୁଦ୍ଧିଵିନାଶାୟ ଦୀପଜ୍ୟୋତିର୍ନମୋଽସ୍ତୁତେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 178
I prostrate to that lamp-light, which brings good, auspicious,
health, wealth and possessions, and destroys bad intellect..

%E178 Word Meanings 178;

ଶୁଭଂ = auspiciousness; good endings;
କରୋତି = does;
କଲ୍ୟାଣମାରୋଗ୍ୟଂ = that which is good and healthy;
ଧନସମ୍ପଦା = wealth-giver;
ଶତ୍ରୁବୁଦ୍ଧିଵିନାଶାୟ = for the removal of inimical feelings;
ଦୀପଜ୍ୟୋତିର୍ନମୋଽସ୍ତୁତେ = Oh! the lamp flame; Let there be our bowing to you;
Shloka 179 Evening

ଦୀପଜ୍ୟୋତିଃ ପରବ୍ରହ୍ମ ଦୀପଜ୍ୟୋତିର୍ଜନାର୍ଦନଃ ।
ଦୀପୋ ହରତୁ ମେ ପାପଂ ଦୀପଜ୍ୟୋତିର୍ନମୋଽସ୍ତୁତେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 179
The light of the lamp is the great Brahman – the Creator.
The light of the lamp is Vishnu – the sustainer. Let the
light destroy my sins, I salute the light of the Lamp..

%E179 Word Meanings 179;

ଦୀପଜ୍ୟୋତିଃ = the flame of the lamp;
ପରବ୍ରହ୍ମ = the great Brahman;
ଦୀପଜ୍ୟୋତିଃ = the flame of the lamp;
ଜନାର୍ଦନଃ = Vishnu;
ଦୀପୋ = lamp;
ହରତୁ = May remove or destroy;
ମେ = to me or my;
ପାପଂ = sin;
ଦୀପଜ୍ୟୋତିର୍ନମୋଽସ୍ତୁତେ = Oh! flame of the lamp! Let there be our bowing to you;
Shloka 180 Misc

ରାମସ୍କଂଦଂ ହନୂମଂତଂ ଵୈନତେୟଂ ଵୃକୋଦରମ୍ ।
ଶୟନେ ସ୍ମରଣେ ନିତ୍ୟଂ ଦୁଃସ୍ଵପ୍ନଂ ତସ୍ୟନଶ୍ୟତି ॥ ॥

Meaning 180
At the time of sleep, the bad dreams are driven away
by constant remembrance of Rama, Subramanya, Hanuman,
Garuda, and Bheema..

%E180 Word Meanings 180;

ରାମସ୍କଂଦଂ = Rama and Skandaor the leaping Rama;
ରାମ = Rama;
ସ୍କଂଦମ୍ = Muruga or SubramanyaM;
ହନୂମଂତଂ = Hanuman;
ଵୈନତେୟଂ = the eagle Garuda, the vehicle of Vishnu lit.:the son of VinatA;
ଵୃକୋଦରଂ = the long-bellyed one, Bheema;
ଶୟନେ = in the bed;
ସ୍ମରଣେ = while remembering;
ନିତ୍ୟଂ = ever; permanent;
ଦୁଃସ୍ଵପ୍ନଂ = bad dream;
ତସ୍ୟ = that person’s;
ନଶ୍ୟତି = gets destrroyed; dies; loses;becomes destroyed; expires;
Shloka 181 Misc

ଓଂ ପୂର୍ଣମଦଃ ପୂର୍ଣମିଦଁ ପୂର୍ଣାତ୍ ପୂର୍ଣମୁଦଚ୍ୟତେ ।
ପୂର୍ଣସ୍ୟ ପୂର୍ଣମାଦାୟ ପୂର୍ଣମେଵାଵଶିଷ୍ୟତେ ।
ଓଂ ଶାନ୍ତିଃ ଶାନ୍ତିଃ ଶାନ୍ତିଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 181
Om. That (supreme Brahman) is infinite, complete, and this
(conditioned Brahman) is infinite. The infinite proceeds from the infinite,
supreme Brahman. Through knowledge, taking the infinite from the
infinite, conditioned Brahman, it remains as the infinite unconditioned
Brahman alone. Om Peace, Peace, Peace! %alternate meaning

OM! That is Full. This is Full. From that Full, this Full has come; when
this Full is taken from that Full It always remains Full!
Om Peace, Peace, Peace!.

%E181 Word Meanings 181;

ଓଂ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ପୂର୍ଣମଦଃ = complete, that;
ପୂର୍ଣମିଦଁ = complete, this;
ପୂର୍ଣାତ୍ = from the whole or infinite;
ପୂର୍ଣମୁଦଚ୍ୟତେ = complete, is produced;
ପୂର୍ଣସ୍ୟ = of the whole;
ପୂର୍ଣମାଦାୟ = having taken the whole; the entire thing;
ପୂର୍ଣମେଵାଵଶିଷ୍ୟତେ = the whole thing itself remains;
ଓଂ = same as `OM’ i.e. the praNava or `o.nkAra’ mantra;
ଶାନ୍ତିଃ = Peace; tranquility;
ଶାନ୍ତିଃ = Peace; tranquility;
ଶାନ୍ତିଃ = Peace; tranquility;
Shloka 182 Misc

ତ୍ଵମେଵ ମାତା ଚ ପିତା ତ୍ଵମେଵ ।
ତ୍ଵମେଵ ବଂଧୁଶ୍ଚ ସଖା ତ୍ଵମେଵ ।
ତ୍ଵମେଵ ଵିଦ୍ୟା ଦ୍ରଵିଣଂ ତ୍ଵମେଵ ।
ତ୍ଵମେଵ ସର୍ଵଂ ମମ ଦେଵଦେଵ ॥ ॥

Meaning 182
Oh God of all Gods! You alone are my mother, father, kinsman,
friend, knowledge and wealth. You are my everything..

%E182 Word Meanings 182;

ତ୍ଵମେଵ = you alone; you only;
ମାତା = Mother;
ଚ = and;
ପିତା = father;
ତ୍ଵମେଵ = you alone; you only;
ତ୍ଵମେଵ = you alone; you only;
ବଂଧୁଃ = a relative;
ଚ = and;
ସଖା = friend;
ତ୍ଵମେଵ = you alone; you only;
ତ୍ଵମେଵ = you alone; you only;
ଵିଦ୍ୟା = knowledge; learning;
ଦ୍ରଵିଣଂ = money;
ତ୍ଵମେଵ = you alone; you only;
ତ୍ଵମେଵ = you alone; you only;
ସର୍ଵଂ = all;
ମମ = mine; mymy; mine;
ଦେଵଦେଵ = Oh! god of the gods;
Shloka 183 Misc

ଓଂ ଣମୋ ଅରିହଂତାଣଂ
ଓଂ ଣମୋ ସିଦ୍ଧାଣଂ
ଓଂ ଣମୋ ଆୟରିୟାଣଂ
ଓଂ ଣମୋ ଉଵଜ୍ଝାୟାଣଂ
ଓଂ ଣମୋ ଲୋଏ ସଵ୍ଵସାହୁଣଂ
ଏସୋ ପଂଚ ଣମୋକାରୋ
ସଵ୍ଵ ପାଵପଣାସଣୋ
ମଙ୍ଗଲାଣଂ ଚ ସଵ୍ଵେସିଂ
ପଢମଂ ହଵଈ ମଙ୍ଗଲମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 183
Obeisance to the Arihantas – perfect souls – Godmen, I bow down to
those who have reached omniscience in the flesh and teach the road to
everlasting life in the liberated state.
Obeisance to Siddhas – liberated bodiless souls, I bow down to those
who have attained perfect knowledge and liberated their souls of all
Obeisance to the masters – heads of congreagations, I bow down to those
who have experienced self-realization of their souls through self-control
and self-sacrifice.
Obeisance to the Teachers – ascetic teachers, I bow down to those who
understand the true nature of the soul and teach the importance of the
spiritual over the material.
Obeisance to all the ascetic aspirants in the universe, I bow down to
those who strictly follow the five great vows of conduct and inspire
us to live a virtuous life.
This five fold obeisance mantra, to these five types of great souls
I offer my praise.
Destroys all demerits. Such praise will diminish my sins.
And is the first and foremost of all, Giving this praise
is most auspicious.
Auspicious recitations, So auspicious as to bring happiness
and blessings..

%E183 Word Meanings 183;

Shloka 184 Misc

ବ୍ରହ୍ମାର୍ପଣଂ ବ୍ରହ୍ମ ହଵିଃ ବ୍ରହ୍ମାଗ୍ନୌ ବ୍ରହ୍ମଣା ହୁତମ୍ ।
ବ୍ରହ୍ମୈଵ ତେନ ଗନ୍ତଵ୍ୟଂ ବ୍ରହ୍ମକର୍ମସମାଧିନା ॥ ॥

Meaning 184
Brahman is the oblation. Brahman is the clarified butter. The
oblation is poured by Brahman into the fire of Brahman. Brahman
shall be realized by the one who considers everything as (a
manifestation or) an act of Brahman..

%E184 Word Meanings 184;

ବ୍ରହ୍ମାର୍ପଣଂ = offered or dedicted to the Brahman;
ବ୍ରହ୍ମ = Brahman; God;
ହଵିଃ = the object or thing offered as sacrifice;
ବ୍ରହ୍ମାଗ୍ନୌ = in the Brahma which is in the form of a fire;
ବ୍ରହ୍ମଣା = By Brahman;
ହୁତଂ = that which has been offered as the sacrifice;
ବ୍ରହ୍ମୈଵ = Like Brahman;
ତେନ = by him or that;
ଗନ୍ତଵ୍ୟଂ = that which should be reached;
ବ୍ରହ୍ମକର୍ମସମାଧିନା = through the meditation-state becoming like Brahman;
Shloka 185 Misc

କର୍ମଣ୍ୟେଵାଧିକାରସ୍ତେ ମା ଫଲେଷୁ କଦାଚନ ।
ମା କର୍ମଫଲହେତୁର୍ଭିଃ ମା ତେ ସଙ୍ଗୋସ୍ତ୍ଵ କର୍ମଣି ॥ ॥

Meaning 185
You have right over your respective duty only, but no control
or claim over the results. The fruits of work should not be your
motive. You should never be inactive..

%E185 Word Meanings 185;

କର୍ମଣ୍ୟେଵାଧିକାରସ୍ତେ = Your right is only for doing your duty;
ମା = do not;
ଫଲେଷୁ = in or among the fruits;
କଦାଚନ = some time or other; once,;
ମା = do not;
କର୍ମଫଲହେତୁର୍ଭିଃ = fruits of work as a motive;
କର୍ମ = duty or work;
ଫଲ = fruit;
ହେତୂ = motive;
ମା = do not;
ତେ = to you or your (here:poss.);
ସଙ୍ଗୋସ୍ତୁ = ?? ;
ଅକର୍ମଣି = without the action or duty;
Shloka 186 Krishna

ୟତ୍ର ୟୋଗେଶ୍ଵରଃ କୃଷ୍ଣୋ ୟତ୍ର ପାର୍ଥୋ ଧନୁର୍ଧରଃ ।
ତତ୍ର ଶ୍ରୀର୍ଵିଜୟୋ ଭୂତିର୍ଧ୍ରୁଵା ନୀତିର୍ମତିର୍ମମ ॥ ॥

Meaning 186
Where there is the king of yoga Sri Krishna and where there is the
archer Arujna there lies prosperity and victory such is my opinion..

%E186 Word Meanings 186;

ୟତ୍ର = the place where;
ୟୋଗେଶ୍ଵରଃ = the master of Yoga science;
କୃଷ୍ଣୋ = Krishna;
ୟତ୍ର = the place where;
ପାର୍ଥୋ = Partha; Arjuna;
ଧନୁର୍ଧରଃ = the one wearing a bow;
ତତ୍ର = there;
ଶ୍ରୀର୍ଵିଜୟୋ = the glorified victory;
ଭୂତିର୍ଧ୍ରୁଵା = ?? ;
ନୀତିର୍ମତିର୍ମମ = ?? ;
Shloka 187 Misc

ପାର୍ଥାୟ ପ୍ରତିବୋଧିତାଂ ଭଗଵତା ନାରାୟଣେନ ସ୍ଵୟମ୍
ଵ୍ୟାସେନଗ୍ରଥିତାଂ ପୁରାଣମୁନିନା ମଧ୍ୟେ ମହାଭାରତେ ।
ଅଦ୍ଵୈତାମୃତଵର୍ଷିଣୀଂ ଭଗଵତୀମଷ୍ଟାଦଶାଧ୍ୟାୟିନୀମ୍
ଅମ୍ବ ତ୍ଵାମନୁସନ୍ଦଧାମି ଭଗଵଦ୍ଗୀତେ ଭଵେଦ୍ଵେଷିଣୀମ୍ ।
ଇତି ଗୀତାସ୍ତଵ ॥ ॥

Meaning 187
O Bhagvad Gita with which PArtha was enlightened by Lord
NArAyaNa himself and which was incorporated in Mahabharata
by the ancient sage Vyasa – the blessed Mother, the destroyer
of rebirth, showering down the nectar of Advaita, and consisting
of eighteen chapters – upon Thee, O Bhagvad Gita! O loving Mother!
I meditate..

%E187 Word Meanings 187;

ପାର୍ଥାୟ = to Partha, Arjuna;
ପ୍ରତିବୋଧିତାଂ = the awakened; the enlightened one; the taught one;
ଭଗଵତା = by the bhagavAn;
ନାରାୟଣେନ = by Narayana;
ସ୍ଵୟଂ = by oneself ; by one’s own efforts;
ଵ୍ୟାସେନଗ୍ରଥିତାଂ = the one written by Vyasa;
ପୁରାଣମୁନିନା = by the ancient sage;
ମଧ୍ୟେ = in the midddle;
ମହାଭାରତେ = in the mahabarata epic;
ଅଦ୍ଵୈତାମୃତଵର୍ଷିଣୀଂ = the goddess who rains the nectar or the non-dual philosophy;
ଭଗଵତୀମଷ୍ଟାଦଶାଧ୍ୟାୟିନୀଂ = the goddess who is contemplated in 18 chapters or ways;
ଅମ୍ବ = Oh Goddess! or mother!;
ତ୍ଵାମନୁସନ୍ଦଧାମି = I shall follow or obey you;
ଭଗଵଦ୍ଗୀତେ = in the book `bhagavatgita’ meaning the song of the Lord;
ଭଵେଦ୍ଵେଷିଣୀଂ = ?? ;
ଇତି = thusthus;
ଗୀତାସ୍ତଵ = at (M.nom.) the hymn praising Gita;
Shloka 188 Misc

ସର୍ଵୋପନିଷଦୋ ଗାଵୋ ଦୋଗ୍ଧା ଗୋପାଲନନ୍ଦନଃ ।
ପାର୍ଥୋ ଵତ୍ସଃ ସୁଧୀର୍ଭୋକ୍ତା ଦୁଗ୍ଧଂ ଗୀତାମୃତଂ ମହତ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 188
All the UpaniShads are the cows, the son of the cowherd (Krishna)
is the milker, Partha (Arjuna) is teh calf, men of purified
intellect are the drinkers and the supreme nectar Gita is the

%E188 Word Meanings 188;

ସର୍ଵୋପନିଷଦୋ = all the `upanishad’s or Vedanta;
ଗାଵୋ = cows;
ଦୋଗ୍ଧା = the milking man;
ଗୋପାଲନନ୍ଦନଃ = the delightful protector of cows; refers to Krishna;
ପାର୍ଥୋ = Partha; Arjuna;
ଵତ୍ସଃ = child; the young one;
ସୁଧୀର୍ଭୋକ୍ତା = the intellect is the eater or enjoyer;
ଦୁଗ୍ଧଂ = milk;
ଗୀତାମୃତଂ = nectar-like gita;
ମହତ୍ = great; big;
Shloka 189 Misc

ଶ୍ରୀମନ୍ମହାଗଣାଧିପତୟେ ନମଃ ।
ଶ୍ରୀ ସରସ୍ଵତ୍ୟୈ ନମଃ । ଶ୍ରୀଗୁରଵେ ନମଃ ।
ଶ୍ରୀମାତାପିତୃଭ୍ୟାଂ ନମଃ ।
ଶ୍ରୀଲକ୍ଷ୍ମୀନାରାୟଣାଭ୍ୟାଂ ନମଃ ।
ଶ୍ରୀଉମାମହେଶ୍ଵରାଭ୍ୟାଂ ନମଃ ।
ଇଷ୍ଟଦେଵତାଭ୍ୟୋ ନମଃ । କୁଲଦେଵତାଭ୍ୟୋ ନମଃ ।
ସ୍ଥାନଦେଵତାଭ୍ୟୋ ନମଃ । ଵାସ୍ତୁଦେଵତାଭ୍ୟାଂ ନମଃ ।
ସର୍ଵେଭ୍ୟୋ ଦେଵେଭ୍ୟୋ ନମୋ ନମଃ । ଅଵିଘ୍ନମସ୍ତୁ ।
ଦେଵତାଵଂଦନମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 189
Salutations to Lors Ganesha.
Salutations to Goddess Sarasvati.
Salutations to Guru..

%E189 Word Meanings 189;

ଶ୍ରୀମନ୍ମହାଗଣାଧିପତୟେ = to the venerable and great chief of the
`ganNA’s, attendants of Shiva i.e.Ganesha;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
ଶ୍ରୀ = relating to Prosperity; wealth; goddess LakShmi and ` shrIH’
is fem.nom.; also an honourable prefix;
ସରସ୍ଵତ୍ୟୈ = to Sarasvati;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
ଶ୍ରୀଗୁରଵେ = to the respected teacher;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
ଶ୍ରୀମାତାପିତୃଭ୍ୟାଂ = to the respectable mother and father;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
ଶ୍ରୀଲକ୍ଷ୍ମୀନାରାୟଣାଭ୍ୟାଂ = to the respectable LakShmi and Narayana;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
ଶ୍ରୀଉମାମହେଶ୍ଵରାଭ୍ୟାଂ = to the venerable Uma and Mahesvara;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
ଇଷ୍ଟଦେଵତାଭ୍ୟୋ = for the favoured gods;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
କୁଲଦେଵତାଭ୍ୟୋ = to the deity of the ancestors;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
ସ୍ଥାନଦେଵତାଭ୍ୟୋ = to the gods who have been assigned different positions;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
ଵାସ୍ତୁଦେଵତାଭ୍ୟାଂ = to the gods who govern construction of house,
temple, etc. architecture;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
ସରେଵେଭ୍ୟୋ = to everyone;
ଦେଵେଭ୍ୟୋ = to the gods;
ନମୋ = bowing; salute;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
ଅଵିଘ୍ନମସ୍ତୁ = let there be no obstacles or hurdles;
ଦେଵତାଵଂଦନଂ = bowing to or worship of the gods;
Shloka 190 Misc

ହରେ ରାମ ହରେ ରାମ ରାମ ରାମ ହରେ ହରେ ।
ହରେ କୃଷ୍ଣ ହରେ କୃଷ୍ଣ କୃଷ୍ଣ କୃଷ୍ଣ ହରେ ହରେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 190
This is also known as the ‘Maha Mantra’.
This is just a chanting of the names Ram and Krishna together with Hari
which is the principle name of Vishnu whose incarnations are these..

%E190 Word Meanings 190;

ହରେ = OH! hari;
ରାମ = Lord Rama;
ହରେ = OH! hari;
ରାମ = Lord Rama;
ରାମ = Lord Rama;
ରାମ = Lord Rama;
ହରେ = OH! hari;
ହରେ = OH! hari;
ହରେ = OH! hari;
କୃଷ୍ଣ = of Krishna; black;
ହରେ = OH! hari;
କୃଷ୍ଣ = of Krishna; black;
କୃଷ୍ଣ = of Krishna; black;
କୃଷ୍ଣ = of Krishna; black;
ହରେ = OH! hari;
ହରେ = OH! hari;
Shloka 191 Misc

ୟୋଗେନ ଚିତ୍ତସ୍ୟ ପଦେନ ଵାଚଃ ମଲଂ ଶରୀରସ୍ୟ ଚ ଵୈଦ୍ୟକେନ ।
ୟୋପାକରୋତ୍ତଂ ପ୍ରଵରଂ ମୁନୀନାଂ ପତଂଜଲିଂ
ପ୍ରାଂଜଲିରାନତୋଽସ୍ମି ॥ ॥

Meaning 191
With joined hands, I stay bowed to Patanjali-the pereminent among the
sages, who removed the
impurities of the mind by (explaining) yoga, of the speech by
(commenting on) grammar and of the body by (expounding) medicine.

%E191 Word Meanings 191;

ୟୋଗେନ = through yoga or meditation;
ଚିତ୍ତସ୍ୟ = of the consciousness or mind;
ପଦେନ = through a step or word or leg;
ଵାଚଃ = of speech;
ମଲ = impurity; dirt; excreta;
ଶରୀରସ୍ୟ = of the body;
ଚ = and;
ଵୈଦ୍ୟ = the science of medicine;
ୟୋପାକରୋତ୍ = (yaH) who (apAkarot) removed; repelled;
ପ୍ରଵର = the chief; the great; the preeminent;
ମୁନୀନାଂ = of the sages;
ପ୍ରାଂଜଲିଃ = with joined hands;
ଆନତୋଽସ୍ମି = am (asmi) bowed, prostrated (AnataH);
Shloka 192 Misc

ଵିନାୟକଂ ଗୁରୁଂ ଭାନୁଂ ବ୍ରହ୍ମାଵିଷ୍ଣୁମହେଶ୍ଵରାନ୍ ।
ସରସ୍ଵତୀଂ ପ୍ରଣମ୍ୟାଦୌ ସର୍ଵକାର୍ୟାର୍ଥସିଦ୍ଧୟେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 192
Having first saluted, to ensure the success in all desired goals,
the various deities VinAyaka, Guru, BhAnu,the triad of Brahma,
Vishnu and Shiva as well as SarasvatI;.

%E192 Word Meanings 192;

ଗୁରୁ = teacher (refers to spiritual teacher), the preceptor;
ଭାନୁ = the sun;
ବ୍ରହ୍ମାଵିଷ୍ଣୁମହେଶ୍ଵରାଃ = trimUrtI (three gods) Brahma, Vishnu;
and Shiva;
ପ୍ରଣମ୍ୟ = having saluted (pra+nama);
ଆଦୌ = first;
ସର୍ଵ = all;
କାର୍ୟାର୍ଥ = goals (artha) of deeds (kArya);
ସିଦ୍ଧୟେ = for success or completion (siddhi);
Shloka 193 Misc

ନାରାୟଣଂ ନମସ୍କୃତ୍ୟ ନରଂଚୈଵ ନରୋତ୍ତମମ୍ ।
ଦେଵୀଂ ସରସ୍ଵତିଂ ଵ୍ୟାସ ତତୋ ଜୟ ମୁଦୀରୟେତ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 193
Saluting Narayana, the human and the best of humans, Devi Sarasvati,
and Vyas from which the victory will originate..

%E193 Word Meanings 193;

ନାରାୟଣଂ = Vishnu;
ନମସ୍କୃତ୍ୟ = having bowed or saluted;
ନରନ୍ = human, man;
ଚ = also;
ଏଵ = alone; only; here it would mean `indeed’;
ନରୋତ୍ତମଂ = most high or best man;
ଦେଵୀଂ = goddess;
ସରସ୍ଵତିଂ = Goddess Sarasvati;
ଵ୍ୟାସ = relating to the sage Vyasa;
ତତୋ = then;
ଜୟ = at (M.nom.) victory;
ମୁଦୀରୟେତ୍ = ?? ;
Shloka 194 Misc

ଭୀଷ୍ମଦ୍ରୋଣତଟା ଜୟଦ୍ରଥଜଲା ଗାନ୍ଧାରନୀଲୋତ୍ପଲା
ଶଲ୍ୟଗ୍ରାହଵତୀ କୃପେଣ ଵହନୀ କର୍ଣେନ ଵେଲାକୁଲା ।
ଅଶ୍ଵତ୍ଥାମଵିକର୍ଣଘୋରମକରା ଦୁର୍ୟୋଧନାଵର୍ତିନୀ
ସୋତ୍ତୀର୍ଣା ଖଲୁ ପାଣ୍ଡଵୈ ରଣନଦୀ କୈଵର୍ତକଃ କେଶଵଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 194
With Bhishma and Drona as its banks, Jayadratha as its water, Gandhar
as the blue lilies in it, Shalya as the crocodile, Kripa as its mighty
flow, Karna as the turbulent waves, Ashvatthama and Vikarna as sharks,
and Duryodhana as vortices in it, the river of the Mahabharata war was
crossed (won) by the Pandavas, indeed due to the able boatman Krishna..

%E194 Word Meanings 194;

ରଣନଦୀ = river as a metaphor for the mahAbhArata war;
ଭୀଷ୍ମଦ୍ରୋଣତଟା = whose banks are bhIShma and droNa;
ଜୟଦ୍ରଥଜଲା = with jayadratha as water;
ଗାନ୍ଧାରନୀଲୋତ୍ପଲା = with gAndhAr as blue lily;
ଶଲ୍ୟଗ୍ରାହଵତୀ = having shalya as a crocodile/shark;
କୃପେଣ ଵହନୀ = with kR’ipA as the river flow;
କର୍ଣେନ ଵେଲାକୁଲା = and karNa as its breakers;
ଅଶ୍ଵତ୍ଥାମଵିକର୍ଣଘୋରମକରା = ashvatthAmA and vikarNa as fearsome sharks;
ଦୁର୍ୟୋଧନ ଆଵର୍ତିନୀ= duryodhana as whirlpools;
ସ = that (fem) (river);
ଉତ୍ତୀର୍ଣା = crossed over;
ଖଲୁ = indeed;
ପାଣ୍ଡଵୈଃ = by the pANDavas;
କୈଵର୍ତକଃ = the boatman;
କେଶଵଃ = kR’iShNa;
Shloka 195 Misc

ଗୀତା ସୁଗୀତା କର୍ତଵ୍ୟା କିମନ୍ୟୈଃ ଶାସ୍ତ୍ରଵିସ୍ତରୈଃ ।
ୟା ସ୍ଵୟଂ ପଦ୍ମନାଭସ୍ୟ ମୁଖପଦ୍ମାଦ୍ଵିନିଃସୃତା ॥ ॥

Meaning 195
What other shastras are required for those who read the beautiful / Divine Gita
since they have heard it from the Lord himself..

%E195 Word Meanings 195;

ଗୀତା = the book bhagavatgita;
ସୁଗୀତା = well sung one;
କର୍ତଵ୍ୟା = needed, required;
କିମନ୍ୟୈଃ = what other;
ଶାସ୍ତ୍ରଵିସ୍ତରୈଃ = by the details of the bookish knowledge;
ୟା = She who;
ସ୍ଵୟଂ = by oneself ; by one’s own efforts;
ପଦ୍ମନାଭସ୍ୟ = Padmanabha’s;
ମୁଖପଦ୍ମାଦ୍ଵିନିଃସୃତା = emanating from the lotus mouth of;
Shloka 196 Misc

ଓଂ ଈଶାଵାସ୍ୟମିଦ୍ଁ ସର୍ଵଂ ୟତ୍କିଞ୍ଚ ଜଗତ୍ୟାଂ ଜଗତ୍ ।
ତେନ ତ୍ୟକ୍ତେନ ଭୁଞ୍ଜୀଥା ମା ଗୃଧଃ କସ୍ୟସ୍ଵିଦ୍ଧନମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 196
All this is for habitation by the Lord, whatsoever is individual
universe of movement in the universe of motion. By that renounced thou
shouldst enjoy; lust not after any man’s possission..

%E196 Word Meanings 196;

ଓଂ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ଈଶାଵାସ୍ୟମିଦ୍ଁ = the world is manifested by the Lord or controlled by Him;
ସର୍ଵଂ = all;
ୟତ୍କିଞ୍ଚ = whatever little;
ଜଗତ୍ୟାଂ = in the world;
ଜଗତ୍ = the world;
ତେନ = by him or that;
ତ୍ୟକ୍ତେନ = by the one who has abandoned or sacrificed;
ଭୁଞ୍ଜୀଥା = ?? ;
ମା = do not;
ଗୃଧଃ = ?? ;
କସ୍ୟସ୍ଵିଦ୍ଧନଂ = ?? ;
Shloka 197 Misc

ହୟଗ୍ରୀଵ ହୟଗ୍ରୀଵ ହୟଗ୍ରୀଵେତି ଵାଦିନମ୍ ।
ନରଂ ମୁଂଚନ୍ତି ପାପାନି ଦରିଦ୍ରମିଵ ୟୋଷିତଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 197
Keep repeating / chanting the name of HayagrIva. It frees men of their
sins and removes their poverty..

%E197 Word Meanings 197;

ହୟଗ୍ରୀଵ = Oh! Hayagriva one of the gods having the neck or head of a horse;
ହୟଗ୍ରୀଵ = Oh! Hayagriva one of the gods having the neck or head of a horse;
ହୟଗ୍ରୀଵେତି = hayagrIva and iti;
ଵାଦିନଂ = speaker; disputant, plaintiff;
ନରଂ = man;
ମୁଂଚନ୍ତି = release; untie;
ପାପାନି = sins;
ଦରିଦ୍ରମିଵ = like a poor person;
ୟୋଷିତଃ = women;
Shloka 198 Misc

ହୟଗ୍ରୀଵ ହୟଗ୍ରୀଵ ହୟଗ୍ରୀଵେତି ୟୋ ଵଦେତ୍ ।
ତସ୍ୟ ନିସ୍ସରତେ ଵାଣୀ ଜହ୍ନୁକନ୍ୟା ପ୍ରଵାହଵତ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 198
He who says HayagrIva, his speech will flow like the river Ganges in spate..

%E198 Word Meanings 198;

ହୟଗ୍ରୀଵ = Oh! Hayagriva one of the gods having the neck or head of a horse;
ହୟଗ୍ରୀଵ = Oh! Hayagriva one of the gods having the neck or head of a horse;
ହୟଗ୍ରୀଵେତି = hayagrIva and iti;
ୟୋ = He who;
ଵଦେତ୍ = May one speak or utter;
ତସ୍ୟ = his;
ନିସ୍ସରତେ = emanates;
ଵାଣୀ = Goddess Sarasvati; or speech;
ଜହ୍ନୁକନ୍ୟା = the daughter of the sage Jahnu; refers to the river ganga;
ପ୍ରଵାହଵତ୍ = just as a flood;
Shloka 199 Misc

ହୟଗ୍ରୀଵ ହୟଗ୍ରୀଵ ହୟଗ୍ରୀଵେତି ୟୋ ଧ୍ଵନିଃ ।
ଵିଶୋଭତେ ସ ଵୈକୁଣ୍ଠ କଵାଟୋଦ୍ଘାଟନକ୍ଷମଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 199
The sound of the name HayagrIva will cause the doors of VaikuNTha to
open for him..

%E199 Word Meanings 199;

ହୟଗ୍ରୀଵ = Oh! Hayagriva one of the gods having the neck or head of a horse;
ହୟଗ୍ରୀଵ = Oh! Hayagriva one of the gods having the neck or head of a horse;
ହୟଗ୍ରୀଵେତି = hayagrIva and iti;
ୟୋ = He who;
ଧ୍ଵନିଃ = sound;
ଵିଶୋଭତେ = shines; goes well;
ସ = a prefix meaning `together’; `with’;
ଵୈକୁଣ୍ଠ = the abode of Vishnu;
କଵାଟୋଦ୍ଘାଟନକ୍ଷମଃ = ?? ;
Shloka 200 Misc

ସର୍ଵେଷ୍ଵାରବ୍ଧକାର୍ୟେଷୁ ତ୍ରୟସ୍ତ୍ରିଭୁଵନେଶ୍ଵରାଃ ।
ଦେଵା ଦିଶନ୍ତୁ ନଃ ସିଦ୍ଧିଂ ବ୍ରହ୍ମେଶାନଜନାର୍ଦନାଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 200
Oh! the Lord of three worlds, Brahma, Shiva, and Vishnu;
show us success in all the works we start..

%E200 Word Meanings 200;

ସର୍ଵେଷ୍ଵାରବ୍ଧକାର୍ୟେଷୁ = in all the works that have been begun;
ତ୍ରୟସ୍ତ୍ରିଭୁଵନେଶ୍ଵରାଃ = ?? ;
ଦେଵା = of gods;
ଦିଶନ୍ତୁ = May give or grant or bestow; show;
ନଃ = us; to us or ours;
ସିଦ୍ଧିଂ = achievement; materialisation;
ବ୍ରହ୍ମେଶାନଜନାର୍ଦନାଃ = Brahma, Shiva and Vishnu;
Shloka 201 Misc

ୟାନି କାନି ଚ ପାପାନି ବ୍ରହ୍ମହତ୍ୟାସମାନି ଚ ।
ତାନି ତାନି ଵିନଶ୍ୟନ୍ତି ପ୍ରଦକ୍ଷିଣ ପଦେ ପଦେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 201
Oh! Lord, I have committed many sins all my life, even those as
evil as killing a righteous person.I beseech you to destroy them at
every step that I take around you..

%E201 Word Meanings 201;

ୟାନି = They which;
କାନି = how many;
ଚ = and;
ପାପାନି = sins;
ବ୍ରହ୍ମହତ୍ୟାସମାନି = deeds which are equivalent to the killing of a BrahmaN.;
ଚ = and;
ତାନି = they;
ତାନି = they;
ଵିନଶ୍ୟନ୍ତି = dissipate; get destroyed; die out;
ପ୍ରଦକ୍ଷିଣ = going in rounds from left to right (clock-wise);
ପଦେ = at or in the step or word;
ପଦେ = at or in the step or word;
Shloka 202 Misc

ମନ୍ତ୍ରହୀନଂ କ୍ରିୟାହୀନଂ ଭକ୍ତିହୀନଂ ସୁରେଶ୍ଵର
ୟତ୍ପୂଜିତଂ ମୟାଦେଵ ପରିପୂର୍ଣଂ ତଦସ୍ତୁ ମେ ।
ଅପରାଧ ସହସ୍ରାଣି କ୍ରିୟନ୍ତେଽହର୍ନିଶଂ ମୟା
ଦାସୋଽୟଂ ଇତି ମାଂ ମତ୍ଵା କ୍ଷମସ୍ଵ ପୁରୁଷୋତ୍ତମ ॥ ॥

Meaning 202
Oh Lord of Lords, whatever shortcomings that may be there in the
mantras chanted by me, or in the actions and puja, or even in my
devotion itself, let them be overcome and be made complete when I
worship you with devotion.
Oh Lord, there may be thousands of mistakes committed by me day and
night. Please consider me as your humble servant and forgive these
Oh Supreme Lord..

%E202 Word Meanings 202;

ମନ୍ତ୍ରହୀନଂ = one who does not know the mantra or who is without the mantra;
କ୍ରିୟାହୀନଂ = devoid of any actions;
ଭକ୍ତିହୀନଂ = one who is bereft of devotion;
ସୁରେଶ୍ଵର = Oh! master of the gods or adj.;
ୟତ୍ପୂଜିତଂ = that worshipped;
ମୟା = by me;
ଦେଵ = god;
ପରିପୂର୍ଣଂ = the most complete;
ତଦସ୍ତୁ = let that be;
ମେ = to me or my;
ଅପରାଧ = at (M.acc.) offence; guilt; defect; mistake;
misdeed;(M.nom.) offence; crime; guilt; sin;
ସହସ୍ରାଣି = thousands;
କ୍ରିୟନ୍ତେଽହର୍ନିଶଂ = are (being) done day and night;
ମୟା = by me;
ଦାସୋଽୟଂ = this servant;
ଇତି = thusthus;
ମାଂ = me;
ମତ୍ଵା = having thought or considered;
କ୍ଷମସ୍ଵ = Excuse (me or us);
ପୁରୁଷୋତ୍ତମ = Oh! the best person;
Shloka 203 Misc

ବ୍ରହ୍ମାଣଂ ଶଙ୍କରଂ ଵିଷ୍ଣୁଂ ୟମଂ ରାମଂ ଦନୁଂ ବଲିମ୍ ।
ସପ୍ତୈତାନ୍ ୟଃସ୍ମରେନ୍ନିତ୍ୟଂ ଦୁଃସ୍ଵପନ୍ସ୍ତସ୍ୟ ନଶ୍ୟତି ॥ ॥

Meaning 203
That person who remembers the seven Gods, Lord Brahma, Shiva,
ViShNu, Yama, RAma, dhanu and bali, always, will have all bad
dreams destroyed..

%E203 Word Meanings 203;

ବ୍ରହ୍ମାଣଂ = the Lord Brahman;
ଶଙ୍କରଂ = Shankara;
ଵିଷ୍ଣୁଂ = Vishnu;
ୟମଂ = the lord of death;
ରାମଂ = Rama;
ଦନୁଂ = name of a female person called `danuH’ daughter of ‘daxa and wife of KaShyapa;
ବଲିଂ = sacrificial offering;
ସପ୍ତୈତାନ୍ = these seven;
ୟଃସ୍ମରେନ୍ନିତ୍ୟଂ = He who remembers daily or always;
ଦୁଃସ୍ଵପନ୍ସ୍ତସ୍ୟ = of a man who is having bad dreams;
ନଶ୍ୟତି = gets destrroyed; dies; loses;becomes destroyed; expires;
Shloka 204 Misc

ନମୋଽସ୍ତୁ ରାମାୟ ସଲକ୍ଷ୍ମଣାୟ ଦେଵ୍ୟୈ ଚ ତସ୍ୟୈ ଜନକାତ୍ମଜାୟୈ ।
ନମୋଽସ୍ତୁ ରୁଦ୍ରେନ୍ଦ୍ର ୟମନିଲେଭ୍ୟୋ ନମୋଽସ୍ତୁ ଚନ୍ଦ୍ରାଗ୍ନି ମରୁତ୍ଗଣେଭ୍ୟଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 204
(prayer to multiple gods for removal of obstacles)
Grief stricken Lord Hanuman unable to find Sita in Ashoka garden prays
for a solution:
Salutations to Lord Ram accompanied by Laxman and to Janaka’s daughter
goddess Sita. Salutations to Shiva, group of gods Rudras,
to Indra, the Lord of gods, to Yama, the Lord of death, and to Wind God.
Salutations to the Moon, Sun, and other deities..

%E204 Word Meanings 204;

ନମୋଽସ୍ତୁ = let there be my or our bowing or salutation;
ରାମାୟ = to Rama;
ସଲକ୍ଷ୍ମଣାୟ = to the one with LakShmana i.e. Rama;
ଦେଵ୍ୟୈ = to the goddess or god-like woman;
ଚ = and;
ତସ୍ୟୈ = to her;
ଜନକାତ୍ମଜାୟୈ = to the daughter of Janaka i.e to Sita;
ନମୋଽସ୍ତୁ = let there be my or our bowing or salutation;
ରୁଦ୍ରେନ୍ଦ୍ର = the chief or best of the Rudras;
ୟମନିଲେଭ୍ୟୋ = to or from Yama, Vayu and others;
ନମୋଽସ୍ତୁ = let there be my or our bowing or salutation;
ଚନ୍ଦ୍ରାଗ୍ନି = the moon and the Fire-god;
ମରୁତ୍ଗଣେଭ୍ୟଃ = ?? ;
Shloka 205 Misc

ନର୍ମଦାୟୈ ନମଃ ପ୍ରାତଃ ନର୍ମଦାୟୈ ନମୋ ନିଶି ।
ନମୋଽସ୍ତୁ ନର୍ମଦେ ତୁଭ୍ୟଂ ତ୍ରାହି ମାଂ ଵିଷସର୍ପଦଃ ।
ଜରତ୍କାର୍ଵୋର୍ଜରତ୍କର୍ଵାଂ ସମୁତ୍ପନ୍ନ ମହାୟଶାଃ ।
ଅସ୍ତୀକ ସତ୍ୟସନ୍ଧୋ ମାଂ ପନ୍ନଗେଭ୍ୟୋ ଅଭିରକ୍ଷତୁ ॥ ॥

Meaning 205
(prayer to Narmada river as well as for protection from snake-bite)
(1) Prayer to Narmada river
Salutation to Narmada, the River Goddess in the morning. Salutation to
Narmada in the evening. O, Narmada, I salute you. Please protect me from
venomous serpents.
(2) Prayer for protection from snake-bite.
The great Epic MahAbhArata tells the story of an ascetic named
jaratkAru. He saw some men suspended over a deep pit with their heads
down on a rope of fiber which was being gradually gnawed by a rat. He
learnt that they were his ancestors brought to this state by his not
having a son to perform certain prescribed rites and if he remained
childless, the rope will break and they would fall into the pit.
jaratkAru agreed to give up the life of the ascetic and to marry on
condition that the bride should have his name. Vesuki, the king of
serpents, offered his sister jaratkAru whom the ascetic married. They
had a son named astika. he was the protector of serpents who hence would
respect him.
Now here is the prayer:
May the renowned and truthful astika, born of jaratkAru and his wife
jaratkAru, protect me from serpents..

%E205 Word Meanings 205;

ନର୍ମଦାୟୈ = to Goddess (river) Narmada;
ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
ପ୍ରାତଃ = in the morning;
ନର୍ମଦାୟୈ = to Goddess (river) Narmada;
ନମୋ = bowing; salute;
ନିଶି = during the night;
ନମୋଽସ୍ତୁ = let there be my or our bowing or salutation;
ନର୍ମଦେ = Oh! Narmada river;
ତୁଭ୍ୟଂ = to you;
ତ୍ରାହି = save; protect;
ମାଂ = me;
ଵିଷସର୍ପଦଃ = from the poisonous snakes;
ଜରତ୍କାର୍ଵୋର୍ଜରତ୍କର୍ଵାଂ = jaratkArvA the wife of;
ସମୁତ୍ପନ୍ନ = ?? ;
ମହାୟଶାଃ = people of great renown;
ଅସ୍ତୀକ = of the sage Astika;
ସତ୍ୟସନ୍ଧୋ = One bound to speak or defend the truth.;
ମାଂ = me;
ପନ୍ନଗେଭ୍ୟୋ = to or fom serpants or snakes;
ଅଭିରକ୍ଷତୁ = Let one protect me or us;
Shloka 206 Misc

?? ଅତ୍
ଆଵାହନଂ ନ ଜାନାମି ନ ଜାନାମି ଵିସର୍ଜନଂ ।
ତସ୍ମାତ୍କାରୁଣ୍ୟ ଭାଵେନ କ୍ଷମସ୍ଵ ପରମେଶ୍ଵର ॥ ॥

Meaning 206
I do not know how to invoke God, nor do I know how to bid farewell to
the invoked God. Hence O Supreme God ! Please forgive me with

%E206 Word Meanings 206;

ଆଵାହନଂ = invocation or calling one to be present;
ନ = NoNot; no;
ଜାନାମି = I know;
ନ = NoNot; no;
ଜାନାମି = I know;
ଵିସର୍ଜନଂ = the ending way or leave taking after having invoked
the deity; emission; quitting; abandoning;
ତସ୍ମାତ୍କାରୁଣ୍ୟ = from that compassion;
ଭାଵେନ = with emotions (heart);
କ୍ଷମସ୍ଵ = excuse; forgive;
ପରମେଶ୍ଵର = (m) supreme being, supreme god;
ରଘୁନନ୍ଦନ = the son (best) of Rashu dynasty;
ପରମେଶ୍ଵରି = (f) supreme being, supreme goddess; % From Vishnu SahsranAma + TR Chari’s site;
Shloka 207 Misc

ୟଦକ୍ଷର ପଦଭ୍ରଷ୍ଟଂ ମାତ୍ରା ହୀନନ୍ତୁ ୟଦ୍ଭଵେତ୍ ।
ତତ୍ସର୍ଵଂ କ୍ଷମ୍ୟତାଂ ଦେଵ ନାରାୟଣ ନମୋଽସ୍ତୁତେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 207
This is used to request the Lord to oversee any mistakes in chanting any puja or Slokas.
Oh! nArAyaNa, I salute to you and I request you to pardon me for any mistakes
I might have committed in uttering any letter, phrase and any syllables
that I might have missed..

%E207 Word Meanings 207;

ୟଦକ୍ଷର = that letter;
ପଦଭ୍ରଷ୍ଟଂ = a slipped or missed word;
ମାତ୍ରା = a unit of measurement; as far as; as little as, etc.;
ହୀନନ୍ତୁ = ?? ;
ୟଦ୍ଭଵେତ୍ = ?? ;
ତତ୍ସର୍ଵଂ = all that;
କ୍ଷମ୍ୟତାଂ = let one or me or us be forgiven;
ଦେଵ = Oh! god Oh! God!;
ନାରାୟଣ = O! Narayana;
ନମୋଽସ୍ତୁତେ = Salutations unto Thee;
Shloka 208 Misc

କାର୍ପଣ୍ୟ ଦୋଷୋପହତ ସ୍ଵଭାଵଃ
ପୃଚ୍ଛାମି ତ୍ଵାଂ ଧର୍ମ ସମ୍ମୂଢଚେତାଃ ।
ୟଚ୍ଛ୍ରେୟସ୍ୟାନ୍ନିଶ୍ଚିତଂ ବ୍ରୂହି ତନ୍ମେ
ଶିଷ୍ୟସ୍ତେଽହଂ ଶାଧି ମାଂ ତ୍ଵାଂ ପ୍ରପନ୍ନମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 208
With my nature overwhelmed by mistaken pity, my mind deluded
about my duty, I beseech you to tell me with certainity
what is the supreme good. I seek refuge in you, so please treat
me as your disciple and texh me..

%E208 Word Meanings 208;

କାର୍ପଣ୍ୟ = pity; compassion; poverty; wretchedness;
ଦୋଷୋପହତ = the defect or mistake having been removed; or the
defect or mistake which has removed or destroyed something;
ସ୍ଵଭାଵଃ = one’s normal nature or tendency;
ପୃଚ୍ଛାମି = I ask;
ତ୍ଵାଂ = you;
ଧର୍ମ = religious; of duty or good conduct;
ସମ୍ମୂଢଚେତାଃ = persons with perplexed or stupified mind;
ୟଚ୍ଛ୍ରେୟସ୍ୟାନ୍ନିଃ = ?? ;
ଚିତଂ = ?? ;
ବ୍ରୂହି = tell; speak; utter;
ତନ୍ମେ = ?? ;
ଶିଷ୍ୟସ୍ତେଽହଂ = I am your disciple;
ଶାଧି = Teach; instruct; order; rule over;
ମାଂ = me;
ତ୍ଵାଂ = you;
ପ୍ରପନ୍ନଂ = the one who has arrived or reached or surrendered;
Shloka 209 Misc

ନମଃ ସର୍ଵହିତାର୍ଥାୟ ଜଗଦାଧାରହେତଵେ ।
ସାଷ୍ଟାଙ୍ଗୋଽୟଂ ପ୍ରଣାମସ୍ତେ ପ୍ରୟତ୍ନେନ ମୟା କୃତଃ ॥ ॥

Meaning 209
My Salutations to you, Oh Lord, who is responsible for the welfare of
all beings and who supports this world, which you have created. I fully
prostrate to you
and request your help for success in my efforts..

%E209 Word Meanings 209;

ନମଃ = bowing; salutation;
ସର୍ଵହିତାର୍ଥାୟ = for the welfare of all;
ଜଗଦାଧାରହେତଵେ = to the one who is the cause for the support or basis of the world;
ସାଷ୍ଟାଙ୍ଗୋଽୟଂ = ?? ;
ପ୍ରଣାମସ୍ତେ = ?? ;
ପ୍ରୟତ୍ନେନ = bu the efforts;
ମୟା = by me;
କୃତଃ = the Supreme Being;
Shloka 210 Misc

ଉରସା ଶିରସା ଦୃଷ୍ଟ୍ୟା ମନସା ଵଚସା ତଥା ।
ପଦ୍ଭ୍ୟାଂ କରାଭ୍ୟାଂ ଜାନୁଭ୍ୟାଂ ପ୍ରଣାମୋଽଷ୍ଟାଙ୍ଗ ଉଚ୍ୟତେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 210
The bowing with the chest, head, eyes, mind, speech, feet, and knees,
is called the eight-fold salution..

%E210 Word Meanings 210;

ଉରସା = by the chest;
ଶିରସା = by the head;
ଦୃଷ୍ଟ୍ୟା = through sight (F.instr.);
ମନସା = through the mind;
ଵଚସା = through words;
ତଥା = like that (cf. yathA tathA);
ପଦ୍ଭ୍ୟାଂ = through the or to the or from the two feet;
କରାଭ୍ୟାଂ = through the or to the or from the 2 hands;
ଜାନୁଭ୍ୟାଂ = through the or to the or from the two knees;
ପ୍ରଣମୋଽଷ୍ଟାଙ୍ଗ = bowing by 8 parts of the body (touching the ground);
ଉଚ୍ୟତେ = ?? ;
Shloka 211 Misc

ୟାନି କାନି ଚ ପାପାନି ଜନ୍ମାନ୍ତରକୃତାନି ଚ ।
ତାନି ତାନି ଵିନଶ୍ୟନ୍ତି ପ୍ରଦକ୍ଷିଣପଦେ ପଦେ ॥ ॥

Meaning 211
Oh! Lord, I have committed many sins all my life, right from my
birth. I beseech you to destroy them at every step of my pradakShina
(going around God).

%E211 Word Meanings 211;

ୟାନି = They which;
କାନି = how many;
ଚ = and;
ପାପାନି = sins;
ଜନ୍ମାନ୍ତରକୃତାନି = ?? ;
ଚ = and;
ତାନି = they;
ତାନି = they;
ଵିନଶ୍ୟନ୍ତି = dissipate; get destroyed; die out;
ପ୍ରଦକ୍ଷ୍ହିଣ = circumbulation, (going around God);
ପଦେ = at or in the step or word;
ପଦେ = at or in the step or word;
Shloka 212 Misc

ଗତଂ ପାପଂ ଗତଂ ଦୁଃଖଂ ଗତଂ ଦାରିଦ୍ର୍ୟମେଵ ଚ ।
ଆଗତା ସୁଖସମ୍ପତ୍ତିଃ ପୁଣ୍ୟାଚ୍ଚ ତଵ ଦର୍ଶନାତ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 212
When we see you Oh Lord, all our sins, sorrows and abject poverty
disappear instantly and immediately, we get happiness, wealth and

%E212 Word Meanings 212;

ଗତଂ = goes;
ପାପଂ = sin;
ଗତଂ = goes;
ଦୁଃଖଂ = sorrow; unhappiness;
ଗତଂ = goes;
ଦାରିଦ୍ର୍ୟମେଵ = poverty alone;
ଚ = and;
ଆଗତା = having come; the one female who has come;
ସୁଖସମ୍ପତ୍ତିଃ = wealth in the form of happiness;
ପୁଣ୍ୟାଚ୍ଚ = ?? ;
ତଵ = youryour;
ଦର୍ଶନାତ୍ = from the sight of; from seeing;
Shloka 213 Misc

ଅନ୍ୟଥା ଶରଣଂ ନାସ୍ତି ତ୍ଵମେଵ ଶରଣଂ ମମ ।
ତସ୍ମାତ୍କାରୁଣ୍ୟଭାଵେନ ରକ୍ଷସ୍ଵ ପରମେଶ୍ଵର ॥ ॥

Meaning 213
There is no refuge for me other than you, Oh Lord! and I seek
refuge in you alone. Therefore, Supreme God, please show
compassion and protect me..

%E213 Word Meanings 213;

ଅନ୍ୟଥା = otherwise or other ways;
ଶରଣଂ = seeking refuge or surrender;
ନାସ୍ତି = no one is therenot there;
ତ୍ଵମେଵ = you alone; you only;
ଶରଣଂ = seeking refuge or surrender;
ମମ = mine; mymy; mine;
ତସ୍ମାତ୍ = ?? ;
କାରୁଣ୍ୟ = ?? ;
ଭାଵେନ = ?? ;
ରକ୍ଷସ୍ଵ = protect or save;
ପରମେଶ୍ଵର = supreme god;
ପରମେଶ୍ଵରି = supreme goddess;
Shloka 214 Misc

ଅପରାଧସହସ୍ରାଣି କ୍ରିୟନ୍ତେଽହର୍ନିଶଂ ମୟା ।
ଦାସୋଽୟମିତି ମାଂ ମତ୍ଵା କ୍ଷମସ୍ଵ ପରମେଶ୍ଵର ॥ ॥

Meaning 214
There are thousands of faults, misdeeds, offences that are done by me
day and night. Please consider that I am your humble servant and forgive
me Oh! Supreme Lord..

%E214 Word Meanings 214;

ଅପରାଧସହସ୍ରାଣି = 1000 misdeeds or offences;
କ୍ରିୟନ୍ତେଽହର୍ନିଶଂ = are (being) done day and night;
ମୟା = by me;
ଦାସୋଽୟମିତି = ?? ;
ମାଂ = me;
ମତ୍ଵା = having thought or considered;
କ୍ଷମସ୍ଵ = excuse; forgive;
ପରମେଶ୍ଵର = supreme god;
ପରମେଶ୍ଵରି = supreme goddess;
Shloka 215 Misc

ଗାଙ୍ଗଂ ଵାରି ମନୋହାରି ମୁରାରିଚରଣଚ୍ୟୁତଂ ।
ତ୍ରିପୁରାରିଶିରଶ୍ଚାରି ପାପହାରି ପୁନାତୁ ମାଂ ॥ ॥

Meaning 215
The water of the river ga.ngA, the pleasing water, the water born at
the feet of murArI (Vishnu), the water that moves about on the head
of tripurArI (Shiva), the water that cleanses sins; may it purify

%E215 Word Meanings 215;

ଗାଙ୍ଗଂ = of the river ga.ngA;
ଵାରି = water;
ମନୋହାରି = pleasing;
ମୁରାରିଚରଣଚ୍ୟୁତଂ = born at the feet of murArI;
ତ୍ରିପୁରାରିଶିରଶ୍ଚାରି = moves about on the head of tripurArI;
ପାପହାରି = cleanses sins;
ପୁନାତୁ = may it purify;
ମାଂ = me;
Shloka 216 Shiva

ଅସିତଗିରିସମସ୍ୟାତ୍ କଜ୍ଜଲଂ ସିଂଧୂପାତ୍ରେ
ସୁରତରୁଵରଶାଖା ଲେଖନୀ ପତ୍ରମୂର୍ଵୀ ।
ଲିଖତି ୟଦି ଗୃହିତ୍ଵା ଶାରଦା ସର୍ଵକାଲଂ
ତଦପି ତଵ ଗୁଣାନାମୀଶ ପାରଂ ନ ୟାତି ॥ ॥

Meaning 216
Take one big mountain of eye ointment and dissolve it as black ink in
the pot made out of ocean, take a branch of the heavenly tree as the pen,
the earth (ground) as the parchment, arrange for Sharada to write all the
time with this understanding, still it would not be enough to describe
all of your Good Qualities, oh Isha!


%E216 Word Meanings 216;

ଅସିତଗିରିସମସ୍ୟାତ୍ = like (samaM) a black (asita) mountain (giri);
କଜ୍ଜଲଂ = eye ointment; collyrium or black ink;
ସିଂଧୁପାତ୍ରେ = in the pot (pAtra) of ocean (si.ndhu) [7];
ସୁରତରୁଵର = the heavenly tree;
ଶାଖା = a branch;;
ଲେଖନୀ = writing instrument;
ପତ୍ର = leaf; page;
ଉର୍ଵୀ = earth;
ଲିଖତି = writes (likha);
ୟଦି = if;
ଗୃହୀତ୍ଵା = while holding;
ଶାରଦା = goddess worshipped during the autumnal season sharad as
Durga, LakShmi and Sarasvati;
ସର୍ଵକାଲଂ = for ever;
ତଦପି = even then;
ତଵ = your;
ଗୁଣାନାଂ = of the good qualities;
ଈଶ = Hey Isha[8];
ପାର = end; other side;
ନ = no;
ୟାତି = goes;
Shloka 217 Shiva

ଶିଵଂ ଶିଵକରଂ ଶାନ୍ତଂ ଶିଵାତ୍ମାନଂ ଶିଵୋତ୍ତମମ୍ ।
ଶିଵମାର୍ଗ ପ୍ରଣେଧରମ୍ ପ୍ରଣତୋସ୍ମି ସଦାଶିଵମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 217
Salutations to Sadashiva, the ever auspicious;
The leader of all auspicious paths;
Sacred, purifier, embodiment of peace;
Excelling the best, the auspicious Self Itself..

%E217 Word Meanings 217;

ଶିଵଂ = to the auspicious One;;
ଶିଵକରଂ = to the One who provides auspiciousness;
ଶାଂତଂ = to the embodiment of Peace;
ଶିଵାତ୍ମାନଂ = to the One who is the auspicious Self Itself;
ଶିଵୋତ୍ତମମ୍ = to the One who is best of all auspicious beings;
ଶିଵମାର୍ଗ = the auspicious approach;
ପ୍ରଣେଧାରଂ = bowing humbly;
ପ୍ରଣତୋସ୍ମି = I offer obeisance;
ସଦାଶିଵମ୍ = to the eternally auspicious One.;
Shloka 218 Vishnu

ନମାମି ନାରାୟଣ ପାଦପଙ୍କଜଂ
କରୋମି ନାରାୟଣ ପୂଜନଂ ସଦା ।
ଜପାମି ନାରାୟଣ ନାମ ନିର୍ମଲଂ
ସ୍ମରାମି ନାରାୟଣ ତତ୍ତ୍ଵମଵ୍ୟୟମ୍ ॥ ॥

Meaning 218
I salute the lotus-feet of NArAyaNa, propitiate Narayana,
speak of the pure name of Narayana and bear in mind the
immutable factuality of Narayana..

%E218 Word Meanings 218;

?? ;
?? ;
Shloka 219 Rama

ରାମନାମ ସଦା ପ୍ରେରଣା ସଂସ୍ମରାମି ଜଗଦ୍ଗୁରୁମ୍ ।
କ୍ଷଣଂ ଵିସ୍ମୃତିଂ ୟାତି ସତ୍ୟଂ ସତ୍ୟଂ ଵଚୋ ମମ ॥ ॥

Meaning 219
I remember the ever inspiring name of the world-teacher Ram;
Even a moment of forgetfullness brings …; true is my word..

%E219 Word Meanings 219;

ରାମ = Oh! Rama;
ନାମ = name;
ସଦା = always; ever;
ପ୍ରେରଣା = inducement; urge; encouragement; prompting;
ସଂସ୍ମରାମି = I remember well;
ଜଗଦ୍ଗୁରୁଂ = the preceptor of the world;
କ୍ଷଣଂ = moment;
ଵିସ୍ମୃତିଂ = forget;
ୟାତି = goes; attains;
ସତ୍ୟଂ = the truth;
ସତ୍ୟଂ = the truth;
ଵଚୋ = word;
ମମ = mine; my;
Shloka 9999 %

ଓଂ ଶାଂତିଃ ଶାଂତିଃ ଶାଂତିଃ ।

Meaning 9999
OM Peace, Peace, Peace!.

%E9999 Word Meanings 219;

ଓଂ = The `PraNava or Onkara mantra’ consisting of the vowels a and
u and the consonant `m’; also written as `OM’; refers to Brahman;
ଶାଂତିଃ = Peace; tranquility;
ଶାଂତିଃ = Peace; tranquility;
ଶାଂତିଃ = Peace; tranquility;

Also Read Collection of Commonly Recited Shlokas:

Collection of Commonly Recited Shlokas in Hindi with Meanings in Hindi | English | Bengali | Gujarati | Punjabi | Kannada | Malayalam | Oriya | Telugu | Tamil

Collection of Commonly Recited Shlokas in Oriya with Meanings

Leave a Reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Scroll to top